Here are five motion graphic tricks to make anything cinematic in After Effects. As you know, we’ll be using a handful of buffoonery effects to create light and shadow, which will allow us to produce an infinite amount of motion graphics. All right, my first and favorite motion design trick is turning random shapes into gradient masterpieces. So, firstly, create any shape of your choice with the shape tools. Though you could use the rectangle tool to create a large shape in the corner, maybe rotate it or even use the ellipse tool to create a basic circle or stretch it all out to create an oval for some variation. Now for some quick animation right off the bat, we can use the wiggle paths property inside the shape layer. This is a very simple effect if you will, as you only need to increase the size, lower the detail, set the points to smooth, and maybe use a low wiggles per second. And this can also be copied and paste to your other shape layers as well to create that $1 million animation. But to give this scene some life, go ahead and add the four color gradient effect and move the points to the edges or the sides of your graphic. And finally, you’re going to want to use two colors of the similar tonality to create a very nice blend. Now, to help blend this into the background, let’s use the gaj and blur effect and set the amount to, I don’t know, around 10. And most importantly, let’s use a CC radial blur effect to set this to a fading zoom. This effect is going to allow you to move the center origin of the blur with the anchor point right here, which should be placed on the side of the shape. Then all we need to do is increase the amount to make the side scatter with a blur. Awesome. We can also alt click the stopwatch here to use the wiggle 0.520 expression to add a little bit more animation. And of course, you can copy and paste these effects to your other independent shape layers. But now let’s go ahead and add some character with our cinematic effects by creating an adjustment layer. The first effect to add is noise, which we’ll set to 12%. The second effect is glow, which all we need to do is nearly max out the glow radius and maybe adjust the threshold if needed. And finally, try the posterize effect to create some grit. And if you like, use the curves effect to add some extra contrast. And most importantly, to make sure that these effects actually work, you’re going to need a very dark background underneath your cinematic gradient shapes. Now, go ahead and make those millions. The next cinematic motion graphic is creating pockets of light and shadow with a single effect. Looks great on almost anything. And that effect is CC spotlight when you apply it to a white, maybe bluish solid layer. The color doesn’t really matter. Now, wasting no time, we should set the blend mode of the layer to either add screen or lighten. and set the intensity of the effect to 100. Doing this will allow us to visualize the spotlight correctly. And all we need to do is move the anchor points of the spotlight effect to help angle this in the direction that you want. Then make sure that the height is set to zero, allowing you to accurately adjust the cone angle and the edge softness. Now, we could add the wiggle expression to the cone angle to add, you know, a little flickering animation. Very cute. Now, to help fade the light beam into the background, let’s go ahead and use the linear white transition effect and set the angle to match your current beam direction and then adjust the completion and then truly go crazy on the feather. Awesome. But to boost the darkness of the scene, let’s go ahead and duplicate this spotlight layer and then set the bottom blend mode to darken. Cool. But to take this even further, we can use the same adjustment layer effects from that previous technique without maybe the posterize effect. And awesome, you can also add some new spotlights by duplicating the top layer and moving it around. Also, you can animate the from and two values to actually move the beams of light to create something cinematic. A quick technique to add a simple refraction effect to anything is by drawing out a thin straight line horizontally or vertically in an empty composition. Then, right click this layer, go to layer styles, and add a gradient. Just make sure that the black and white colors will stretch from side to side like this. And finally, create a lot of duplicates. And I mean a lot lot. And when that’s all done, from here, just select everything and hit P on your keyboard for position. Then hold control and alt or option and command on your keyboard to proportionally spread this across the entire composition. Like so. You know, this won’t look great or anything, but now we can take this composition and place it over any body of work that you have in another comp and turn it off. Now all we need to do is create an adjustment layer and add the displacement map effect. We’ll set the map layer to that you know composition that we created and adjust the displacement values to create a glassesque refraction effect. And remember you can create this vertically as well. So it can be horizontally and vertically. With that said, my next favorite motion graphic is creating curved light streaks like this. So we can start off by creating a very large white stroke only circle with the ellipse tool. Then we can contain the line with trim paths. As you may have guessed, all we need to do is adjust the end and the offset. You can even key frame the offset to rotate the line by a bit. Now to smooth out those hard edges, go to taper and max out the start and end length just like so. Perfect. Now for the effects, use the gaj and blur effect and set it to 10. And then use the CC radial fast blur effect. increase the amount and set this to brightest. Now use the glow effect and increase the radius. And for a stacking, you know, technique, duplicate the glow effect and increase the radius even further. Now, finally, to give this some color, go ahead and create an adjustment layer and use the trionee effect. And just set that midtone color to any color that you want. And again, use the noise effect at 12%. Pretty recurring theme in this video. And then use the glow effect once again for some good measure at around 300 points or so. Then of course make sure that you have a background and you can animate the streak however you want. Maybe cough cough. Use the trim paths to bring in your glowing cinematic streak. Just awesome. But okay, the next and final technique is creating colorful motion graphics in moments with the techniques that we’ve already used in this video. You know, kind of tying everything together to Aura Farm. So, for instance, you can create any shape that you like. And I’ll set this to a, you know, radial gradient for this specific shape. You’ll typically want to set your points for the gradient off the bat so that we can actually see the colors as we edit the gradient with a bunch of different, you know, tones like so. Now, if you have a stroke object, we can animate it in with trim paths, right? But back to the basics again with an adjustment layer, we can use the noise and the glow effect several times to compound the overall glowability of everything. And of course, you can use posterize to add some grit to your object. Also, since the blur effect is a massive key to this cinematic theme, try the camera lens blur effect on your actual shape. And then use the wiggle expression again to pop this in and out of focus. But now you have the tools to create cinematic motion graphics. Subscribe to be the best and always be creative.
Category: Webinars Collection
-
06/14/2026 – FOMC Meeting and Iran Deal
I think we gota I think we gotta zoom in a little bit, Brett. I think we gota zoom in a little bit. I think we gotta zoom in a little bit. Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the True Chat Group live stream. Yes, congratulations to my New York Knicks on their championship. Jaylen Brunson is an absolute animal. We sucks. Such a dirty player. Can’t stand him. Lost all respect for him. Used to like him until this series. now hate him. Jaylen Brunson, MVP, what’s good? Congratulations to all my Knicks fans out there. Hope you guys had a wonderful weekend. I sure as hell did. All my Knicks fans sure as hell did. But this is not a sports YouTube channel. Although I can talk about sports until I am blue in the face. Okay, I could I can talk about sports till I’m blue in the face, but I can also talk about stocks until I’m blue in the face. And folks, tonight I plan on getting blue in the face. Welcome to the True Training Group live stream. My name is Michael Edward Parati. I go by Michael Edward. I am the co-founder and head trader at True Trading Group. I need you to understand that True Training Group is not just a chat room with courses and trade alerts. If this is your first time here, True Training Group is an entire fintech platform. It is a TT. We have the THD terminal which is an entire suite of trading tools, resources, data and analytics that allow our members to improve their trading, have better statistics, improve their accuracy, their consistency, and of course their profitability. It gives traders an edge against other retail traders that simply do not have access to this data, analytics, and tools that you get access to when you join this platform and this community. The goal of this platform and the whole reason why we exist is to help you learn faster, trade smarter, and profit sooner. It’s exactly what we’re going to do here tonight on this live stream. I want to give a shout out and um say thank you and um tell you guys that we’re very proud to be powered by our partners, the NASDAQ, Benzinga, OpenAI, Databento, of course, also Unusual Wales, and so many more. You guys see, True Training Group is actually um the recipient of the Benzinga Fintech Award for best AI analysis tool. You’re talking about a platform that is built in education backed by experience strate strategies proven through success and tools that actually think and are customized for the individual user. You doesn’t matter how much money you have to trade with. Doesn’t matter what your experience level is. It doesn’t matter how much time you have or don’t. Okay. TD exists to help you guys to make money. That is exactly what we are going to do here today on this live stream. Now, if you guys are new to the channel, okay, if you are new, make sure that you subscribe to the channel, smash the like button, show some love, turn on your notifications. Do not ever miss out on any of these live streams. We are dropping golden nuggets on a regular basis. I’m going to share with you tonight on this live stream my analysis on the overall markets. Obviously, we have some very big news that happened over this weekend. Aside from Nixon 5. So aside from Nixon 5, there’s a very big piece of news that is causing equity markets to move higher, that is causing oil to move lower. It seems that US and Iran have come to an agreement for thisou um where there is going to be a stoppage of the the military conflicts, the trade for moves is going to be opening back up and that is why oil is moving back down to around $80 a barrel less on my check before we came on here and that’s why the S&P futures market is up 1%. So, we’re going to talk about the significance of that news, what it means for the market going forward. And we also have something else happening this week that is big, and that is Kevin Walsh’s first meeting as Fed chair. So, we’re going to get our very first Fed meeting with Kevin Walsh under at the helm. We’re going to see what their rate decision is, which is widely expected. There’s going to be no change in the Fed funds rate, but we’re going to get a real feel for how Kevin Marsh is going to handle the press conferences that come following the actual rate decision. Okay. Jerome Pal was very very very rusty when he first became Fed chair. He did not do a very good job at the press conferences when he first became Fed chair. Then he got very good at it. And it was actually fun and interesting watching drum pal over the years how much he changed when it comes to the press conferences and when it comes to answering questions and when it comes to talking monetary pol or instilling or implementing monetary policy through words. The Fed does not just do monetary policy by raising or lowering interest rates. They don’t just do monetary policy by quantitative tightening or quantitative easing. The Fed could actually tighten or loosen financial conditions by their words, not just their actions. Drone Pal was became very good at that. Let’s see how Kevin Walsh does now at the helm and see what his first meeting is like. So, I think they’re going to have a pretty good reaction from the markets. think we’re going to get pretty good volatility as the market tries to gauge what we can expect from Fed meetings and press conferences going forward. Kevin W is someone that is not a big fan of the communication that the Federal Reserve has has kind of put forth here over the last maybe decade or so, a little bit less where the Fed has gotten very um communive with the markets and kind of forecast what they’re going to do far in advance. Kevin Walsh is not someone that really likes that idea too much. If you go back a while ago, you go back to like the Allen Greenspan days, there was no Okay, there was no um press conferences. There was no speaking engagements. The market would actually go off of what was called the briefcase indicator. And that was the market would try to determine what the Fed was going to do based on how thick the Fed chair’s briefcase was walking into a Fed meeting. Yes, I’m dead serious. That’s a real thing. That is not me making a joke. That was actually real. That’s not the case anymore because the Fed now communicates very much to the market. But Kevin Morris is actually not a fan of that. He doesn’t think that the Fed should be as for foreshadowing and should really kind of show their monetary policy moves on their sleeves. He doesn’t really believe in that all that much. So, I’m curious to see when that press conference starts. Does he kind of seem a little bit reserved? Does he does he kind of hold back a little bit or does he kind of keep with the times and just kind of continue to kind of talk the markets through what their next action is going to be? Very interesting kind of moment here for his first meeting. This all happens this week while you have this news about US and Iran, while you have all the hype and excitement behind the SpaceX IPO, which we are also going to talk about. We had an amazing IPO last week, the largest and most highly anticipated IPO in history. And it went off without even a slight hiccup. Tip the cap to the NASDAQ. I’ve never seen order flow like that. I’ve been doing this 20 years. And there was not a single issue whatsoever with pricing, with liquidity, with order fills. I mean, it was just as smooth as you could have possibly imagined. And it was a really successful IPO. Stock traded up around 20% or so from the IPO price. We had a fantastic trade on SpaceX. If you guys caught, I posted a video. Actually, I shared it on X um uh last week and I also um shared it up on the YouTube channel via a YouTube short and I gave you guys my entire analysis and the strategy of how I was going to trade the SpaceX IPO. If you guys don’t follow me on X, you want to go ahead and do so. I’m always sharing my trade ideas and my analysis on positions and trades I’m going to be getting into, not just telling you about things that I’ve already done. My exhandle is miked_ttg. Again, that is miked edward_ttg. Go ahead there and give me a follow. Um, so we had a wonderful trade thanks to our institutional flow monitor that we have here at True Trading Group, thanks to our partnership with the NASDAQ where we’re actually able to gauge uh and distinguish the difference between an institutional order and a retail order. It’s really something that gives us a massive edge against other retail traders because we are actually able to see on our platform where are large clusters of institutional buy orders to help us identify supply and demand zones and identify support and resistance levels and basically essentially where do we want to get in and where the hell do we want to get out. So we were able to use that tool on the SpaceX IPO for a beautiful long at 161 and we rode that thing and tiered it out all the way up to 176. So, we’ll talk about that. But most importantly, we’re going to go over what do I think SpaceX does this week, right? Last week was great. We can talk about the trade that we made, and that’s all fantastic, but let’s talk about how is it going to trade this week. How do we plan on making money from it this week? But not just how do we plan on making money from SpaceX. I’m going to tell you how I plan on making money on the SPY, how I plan on making money on S&P futures, how I plan on making money on Tesla, Coinbase, Exon Mobile, Apple, and Snowflake. Those are some of the stocks that are on my watch list coming into the week. And then obviously I’m going to add to that watch list as we go forward and we get the Fed meeting. So there’s a lot to go over, a lot to talk about, a lot of different ways I see us making money this week. So let’s not waste another moment and let’s dive right in. If you are new and you’re like, “Who the hell is this guy with the Knicks at?” I’m not a Knicks fan. I’m actually a Spurs fan. So screw this guy. I’m about to get off the channel. Don’t. Because even though I’m a Knicks fan and you may not be, we all are here to share in the same goal, and that is to make money from the markets. And if you guys stick around with me and you hang around long enough, that is exactly what we are going to be doing. I don’t expect you to listen to me just because I have a cool painting hanging over my head or I’m some guy with a YouTube channel. You should pay attention to the things I talk about on this channel because I did not figure this out on my own. I began my trading career working at T3 Alpha Fund in New York City. My very first job at a college, they had me go through a training program before I was ever able to touch $1 of the funds money. And then shortly after that, you had 2008 happen, which is the great recession, the huge stock market crash. But 2008 is also the same year that I received one of the firms trader of the year awards. You fast forward now, I’ve been doing this almost 20 years, and I’m the co-founder and the head trader of True Trading Group, home to 11,000 members from 114 different countries and a recipient of the Benzinga Fint Award for best AI analysis tool. And I’m here to tell you guys that if this is your first time hanging out with us, you’re going to learn very quickly that you’re probably going to be able to even make some money from just listening to some of the analysis that I share on here. I’m not a Monday morning quarterback. I stick my neck out there every Sunday night like I’m with you right now. And I tell you exactly what I think the market’s going to do this week. I tell you what stocks that I’m looking at, what stock where what prices am I getting in, what prices am I getting out. I literally do this every single Sunday. Now, I’m not going to be right all the time. I don’t have a 100% win rate. I don’t claim to, okay? But I’m right a hell of a lot more than I am wrong. And I’m always going to stick my neck out there. I’m going tell you what I think. And if I’m wrong, I’m wrong. We’ll talk about it. We’ll talk about what happened, why was I wrong, what can we learn from it, and when I’m right, I’m right. We’ll talk about what went right, how we traded it, and how we can how we can replicate that exact trade or that exact process and they’re going forward. Right? That’s the goal. Okay? So, that’s why I think you guys should pay attention to everything that I’m talking about here. So, again, if you’re new, subscribe, smash the like button, show us some love, turn on your notifications. Don’t ever miss out on any of these live streams. First time here for Lily. I love seeing that. I love seeing that. First time here, Lily, welcome. And that goes to everybody else, right? Everybody else that’s here, it’s your first time here. Welcome. Glad to have you guys here.
All right, just quick little sip of water
and then we’re going to dive in here. Okay, first things first. Yes, SpaceX is going to be very, very, very fun to trade. It really is very, very How many of you are interested in the SpaceX IPO? Go ahead and type the number one in chat right now if you are interested in the SpaceX IPO. if you’re interested in it. John, also your first time here, John, welcome. Seriously, brother, welcome. Welcome to the channel. I’m glad to have you guys here.
Type number one, if you’re interested in the SpaceX IPO because maybe what we’ll do is we’ll hit on that first, right? We’ll hit on the SpaceX IPO first. I think that’s something everybody’s interested in. It is literally the largest IPO in history. $75 billion raise. The previous record before that was Sodia Ramco at 29 billion.$ 1.75 trillion dollar market cap. That’s also the biggest ever. Um truly a historic day uh on Friday. Also that IPO also led to the world’s first trillionaire Elon Musk. So this is a historic IPO in many many ways. Also the NASDAQ changing their rules for the inclusion into the NASDAQ 100. Same thing with the M with MSCI indexes. They’re adding SpaceX as well, trading in those indexes here now coming up this week. And then you’re going to have the NASDAQ 100 inclusion in 14 more days. So that is a truly a first of its kind and truly historic. So let’s talk about the SpaceX IPO first and then I’ll get into the overall markets with you. We’ll talk about futures. Futures are up right now. Uh let me just do a quick little check here on futures. We’re up 1%. So, we’re 1%. We’re trading right up here near the highs um of the session, which is right around 1% or so. So, we’re just a couple of points off the high. Um and I’m going to go over with you guys on this video. I’m going to go over with you, you know, what I think the market’s going to do this week. We’ll talk about our levels, talk about where we’re going to get in because I do plan on trading S&P futures this week. If you’re not a futures trader, don’t worry about it. You can trade spy options. I give you guys, we trade everything at your trading group, right? We trade stocks, we trade options, we trade futures, we even do some crypto. We day trade, we swing trade, we also cover long-term portfolio investing. So, there’s something for everybody here inside of True Trading Group. Like I said, 11,000 members from 114 different countries. Truly a global community here at TTG. Okay, so let’s hit on SpaceX first. Let’s pull it up. SPCX one candle. There it is. Great. We’re not going to get anything from just that one. So, let’s go to a shorter time frame. Let’s go to a three-minut chart. And here we have it. Okay. IPO price 135. We opened up at 150. We shot to 176. We pulled back into 156. Finished out the day right around 161 and then traded higher in the afternoons at the end the after hours session back to 167, but still well off of the high. And I’m going to be honest with you guys, I do expect at some point here. I don’t know if it comes tomorrow. I actually I I don’t think it’s going to come tomorrow, but I do expect at some point in the very near future that you’re going to get a nice little shakeout on SpaceX. And I think it’s going to really test all of the retail traders that submitted allocations for the SpaceX IPO and are going to want to make sure they make money from this position. And if SpaceX were to begin to pull back towards that 135 IPO price where they got allocated, I think you’re going to see a ton of retail that came into the IPO at that price, I think you’re going to see them all flip out of it. Um, I think you’re going to see a lot of people flip out of it the second that you start to get a little bit of a pullback closer to the actual IPO price. I just don’t think that happens tomorrow. Not with the market up 1%. Not with the the positivity around the riskon environment in a risk-on environment. You even, you know, Bitcoin’s moving higher, right? The NASDAQ, S&P, they’re all they’re all pushing to the upside. They’re all moving higher. So, I am uh hold on one second. Okay. Um I just don’t think it’s going to be tomorrow. What I think we might end up seeing here and my game plan for tomorrow on um on SpaceX is going to play off of Friday’s close. Okay, Friday’s close I think is going to be a really nice support area for us. And I think you’re going to get a gap up tomorrow on SpaceX. And then I think any pullback on that gap up that takes you anywhere near the low 160s, I think you can step in and you can buy the low 160s with a stop-loss. 156 to 158 seems like a beautiful area of support. And I’m not just saying that that’s a beautiful area of support based on what I’m seeing on the chart. But that is exactly the zone 158 160. That’s the zone that we saw all of those institutional buy orders cluster together. All those iceberg orders clustered together on Friday on our institutional flow monitor. The trade that we made on Friday. And again, if you follow me on X or if you follow, if you, you know, caught my YouTube short that I posted on Thursday evening, I laid out for you exactly the way that I was going to trade SpaceX. And I said to you guys, you can go back and watch it. They’re all the short is on the YouTube channel. The video is on my on my X feed. You can go back and you can look at them now. Uh or look at them when we’re done here. Don’t get away from the live stream to go look at that. Go look at that later. But I posted a video and I said to you guys that I expect a pop. I expect upside. And the way I plan on trading it is I’m going to let it open, let it run, and then I’m going to wait for the first pullback. And when we get the first pullback, I’m going to use our institutional flow monitor and I’m going to look for large institutional buy clusters to identify support. Then I’m going to step in and go long because I felt that 20% of the IPO was actually allocated to retail traders. That is an incredibly high number for an IPO. Typically, retail gets a far smaller percentage or portion of an IPO allocation than 20%. So, I felt that there may have been a lot of institutions that did not get the full allocation that they actually wanted, which means they’d have to be buyers in the open market right alongside retail. So, I wanted to wait for the first pullback, see if I see those large institutional buy orders clustered together, see if I see iceberg orders. You might be saying, Michael, what’s an iceberg order? I don’t know what you’re talking about. An iceberg order is exactly what it sounds like. An iceberg, you only see the tip of it, but there’s a much bigger piece of ice underneath the water surface that you cannot see. That is exactly the same concept behind an iceberg order. An iceberg order is an order that might show 100 shares, but there’s actually 5,000 shares behind it. So, the real order size is 5,000, but you’re seeing only 100 on level two. You see, we have level three through a data partnership agreement directly with the NASDAQ that allows us to actually see the full size of an iceberg order and identify it as institutional order rather than a retail order. So, all I did was just wait to find and wait for all of those clusters of buy orders to show their face. And those buy orders showed their face between 158 and 160. So, right as that first pullback happened, we got our first pullback maybe around 15 minutes or so off the IPO’s open. Okay, IPO opens up, shoots higher, then your pullback begins, and then right inside of this zone right in here is where all 158 to 160. Right here is where all of those buy orders began to cluster together on our level three feed. So, I said, “That’s it. There’s all the confirmation I need.” And I went long right here inside of the the tail of this pullback candle. I went long right there at 161. And then the rest is history. We just, you know, pushed this thing all the way up to 176. And we just kept scaling out of it, right? right? We kept scaling out of it all along the way. Um, and it was just a a wonderful a wonderful trade for us. Okay, we were only risking a few dollar a couple bucks to the downside. We were able to pull out like 15 or 14 or $15 on our best take profit up there near the highs. We held on to a small runner and then we bailed out of that little runner. It was like 10% of the original position we held on to just in case things got crazy into the close, but on a nice little pullback our we we kind of trailed out of that order. So, our trailing stop then just got tripped out of that and we locked that profit in. was a very nice trade for us. And tools like that is is what we have that’s available inside of our platform. And it’s not like level three is a raw data feed that you’re not going to be able to really read a raw you’re not going to be able to read a raw data feed as an individual. So we actually have Mari, which is our award-winning AI program that actually is integrated into our charting software. That’s that’s our AI charting software that can that has full input of the level three raw feed. So, all you need to actually do it actually marks it on the chart for you. Like visually, you can see the markers of the orders, but all you need to do is ask our our AI to be like, “Hey, I I I think I see support at you can just say, “Hey, I think I see support at 160. What’s level three tell you?” And it’ll tell you if it sees a lot of institutional buyers that are clustering around that area to give you confidence to actually get in and pull the trigger. So, I just sat there and I waited and waited and waited and I just kept saying like, “Hey, I’m I’m thinking about going long on SpaceX. What’s level three telling you?” And it would give me you know an explanation of you know hey there’s currently there are you know 48 institutional sell orders. There’s uh you know 40 three institutional buy orders. There’s one or two icebergs and then I’ll wait 2 minutes 3 minutes like hey what about now? Like I’m thinking about going long here. What about now? What’s level three telling you? And it will give me the updated figures. And once I start to see those updated figures begin to shift bullish. Then all of a sudden you see just pop you see all these iceberg orders begin to pop up. and iceberg orders went from three or four to 15, 18, 22. It’s like, okay, there it is. There’s my institutional buy pressure. Let’s step in. Let’s go long. And we’re able to capitalize on the move. This these type of tools is are why so many members of True Training Group are successful. As much as I would love to tell you, those of you that are not members, I would love to tell you that the reason why our members are successful is because I’m the world’s greatest trader. Again, like I said in the beginning of the stream, I am not the world’s greatest trader. I don’t claim to be. I’m a damn good one, but I’ve never claimed to be the world’s greatest. The reason why so many of our members are successful flat out period is because our platform has the tools and resources that actually give them an edge over other traders. And when I say our members are successful, I very blatantly mean they actually make money. Okay? And don’t just believe me because I say that. You should believe that because that’s what our members say. Let’s actually ask. Well, I’ll ask members real quick so you guys realize I’m not full of crap. And then we’re going to keep going. I’ll tell you guys exactly how we’re going to portray this then going forward. Type the number one if you are a member of TTG and you’re making money and you’re becoming a better trader because of this platform. Just type the number one inside chat right now. Very straightforward question. Those of you that are not members, I want you to pay close attention to how many people you are about to see type the number one inside of chat. All of these people you see typing the number one are your friends, your family members, your co-workers. These people were once you, a viewer on a live stream. They became a member. They used the platform. They follow the moderators. It’s not just me. There’s seven other professional traders that are mods and true trading group that share their screen, that trade with you live, that answer questions, provide market commentary on the microphone. They share all their trade alerts. They tell you where their orders are. Right? It’s not just me. Okay? So, yes, we have all the moderator. You can follow the moderators trade alerts if you want. We have cumitively collectively as a group. True trading goose moderators have maintained about an 80% win rate over the last like six years on all of our executions. We track all of our entries, all of our takeprofits, all of our stopouts, our green trades, our red trades, our break even trades, fully transparent. Every transaction fully there for you guys to see. We are a complete total open book. Okay? Complete total open book. So, as you can see, all these people type number one, they once were you a viewer, became a member, now they’re telling you they’re making money. They’re not they’re not luckier than you. They don’t have more time than you because all these people know 82% of our members have a full-time job. We have 11,000 members in 114 different countries. 82% of them have a full-time job. It’s not an excuse anymore, especially with the tools and resources that are available on this platform. You have probably searched for years for some type of an edge, some type of an advantage that’s going to improve your accuracy and improve your consistency. And you probably haven’t found it. And that might be how you stumbled upon this live stream. But I’m here to tell you, you know what? I’m not going to tell you. I’m not going to tell you anything. Actually, members of True Trading Group, type the number two if you feel that the tools and resources that you have access to on this platform gives you an edge and gives you an advantage over other retail traders, type the number two if you feel that way. So now, if you’re not a member and you’re wondering, man, the tools that this guy is talking about, the platform, the TG terminal, do I really think it’s going to be able to help me? Do I really think it’s going to give me an advantage over somebody else? Forget about what I say. Pay attention to what the members say because they’re the ones that are actually using it. They don’t have 20 years of experience. They didn’t get trained at a hedge fund in New York City, okay? They haven’t been doing this for two decades. They’re the ones that are sitting here telling you that they are now becoming better traders. They’re making money. And they actually finally found an edge. They finally feel like they have an advantage. They finally feel like the big guys are not taking advantage of them, which is what you probably felt like the second that 2021 calendar turned over because everybody made money in 2021 and thought, “Wow, this is actually easy.” But that’s only because it was a liquiditydriven rally by the trillions of dollars of monetary stimulus and fiscal stimulus that was dropped upon the global economy from every single central bank and government around the world. And that money went into the market because something called equity risk premium that we’re not going to get into now. But that’s the reason why all that money went to the market. Everything went higher. And the second everything stopped going higher in 2022, everybody found out real freaking quick that this is not as easy as I thought it was. And ever since that moment, people searched for an edge. They searched for some type of an advantage, some type of tool, some type of mentor, some type of something that would get them to be consistently profitable. And you might be one of those people that landed in this very spot on this live stream on June 14th at 8:45 p.m. Eastern time watching me wear my Nick Celebratory Championship hat.
I’m here to tell you that I don’t expect you to just believe me. I’m going to actually physically show you for those of you that are not members of True Trading Group. If you’re not a member, and I’m still going to get into everything, don’t get me wrong. I’m going to tell you how we’re going to trade SpaceX, what I think it does tomorrow. I’m going to tell you about the overall markets, what I think the markets do this week, how I’m going to trade it tomorrow. And I have Coinbase, Tesla, Micro Strategy, Snowflake, Apple, and Exon Mobile. Those are the tra the stocks that are starting out on my watch list this week. I’m gonna tell you the game plan. I’m gonna tell you where I’m going to get into those stocks. I’m gonna tell you where I’m going to get out of those stocks. But before I do that, those of you that are not members, this is not a trust me bro moment. I’m going to show you how these this platform can give you an advantage and an edge. Forget about an annual membership to True Trading Group. We’re not even going to talk about it. What I want you to do is I want you to go to trueradinggroup.com990.
It’ll give you 90 days of unrestricted trial access to the True Trading Group platform and the tools that I was just speaking about. trueradinggroup.com990.
You will get 90 days of unrestricted access to the platform for just $90. It’s a dollar a day. We are literally as a company going to lose money on you for 90 days. And I don’t mind it one bit because I believe that if you use our platform for 90 days, I believe you are going to see a drastic improvement in your trading results because that’s how much I believe in the platform we’ve created and I see the results that our members have. And there’s no reason why our members can do this. and you can because they are the exact same position. They were in the exact same position that you’re in today and now they’re telling you they’re making money. They’re telling you they feel like they have an edge and advantage over others. It’s not a coincidence. It’s not because they’re lucky. So, I’m going to let you use these tools for 90 days because I genuinely believe and I’m going to lose money on you guys as a True Training Group is a business. I don’t do this out of the goodness of my heart, okay? True Training Group is a business. We have over 30 employees with 11,000 customers from all over the world. we as a company are going to lose money on you as a trial member because the platform is usage based on all of our AI tools. And trust me, the way that you’re going to use our tools, it’s going to cost us more than a dollar a day. And I don’t mind because I truly believe that if you use us, stay with stay trade with us, trade with our moderators, use our platform, I truly believe that you are going to make money, do well, and then you’re going to want to become an annual member. It’s a bet that I’m making on our platform and it’s a bet that I’m making on our moderator’s ability to help you guys be better. Does it work with a mobile device or do you need a computer? Vincent Bowman, it works with a mobile device. Our entire platform is mobile ready. We have 11,000 members in True Trading Group, but there’s really never more than 2500 people that are logged onto the inside of the chat room at any one given moment. A lot of people use their cell phone. A lot of members trade from their cell phone. A lot of members get trade alerts sent through our mobile app, through a push notification, through their cell phone. Our AI tools are completely mobile ready. Everything is mobile ready on our platform. Our platform is literally built for retail traders that do not have the time to sit in front of a computer all day, every day. I don’t expect you to do that. You do not need to do that to be successful. Type the number three in chat right now. If you are a member of True Trading Group and you use our platform from your mobile device or and or you do not have time to sit in front of your computer all day every day, type the number three. Again, if you’re a TTG member, you use a mobile device or you don’t have time to sit in front of computer all day every day and stare at charts. Type number three, if that is you. So, Vincent, pay attention to the people that are answering these questions. These are people telling you that you can do this with a mobile device. These are people telling you you don’t need to be sitting in front of your computer all day, every day. Our whole platform is mobile ready, brother. So all you guys need to do is go to trueradinggroup.com990.
You guys can become part of our community and our platform for 90 days for 90 bucks. Make money with us. Then we’ll talk about an annual membership. I think that’s a really great I I think that’s a great deal. Forget about a long-term commitment. 90 days and forget about these trials. I see some of these other platforms like, “Oh, 7-day trial.” Seven days is nothing. You’re not going to find out in seven days whether something is going to work for you or not. Hell, you’re probably too busy for four of the seven days to even try to take advantage of it. You’re going to trade for three days with their trial. That’s not enough time. I’m going to give you 90 days because I genuinely am that confident that throughout that time period, you’re going to say, “Whoa, I’m never going to leave.” and you’re going to sign up and you’re going to become an annual member and then you’re going to become a lifetime member as more than 5,000 of our members are lifetime members of this platform. There’s a reason for that. It’s because they’re successful and they’re making money on a regular basis. At the end of the day, that is why we are all here. It’s why we all do this. If you have any questions, you need help, you need you have you need clarity on something, whatever, text us 1888-621-2127.
The phone number is right there at the bottom of your screen, guys. So, if you have you need help, you have any questions, whatever, I want you to text that number right now. It’s 1888. Okay, it’s 18886212127.
Phone number’s right down there at the bottom of your screen. We got to welcome William. William, welcome to the TTG fan. Everybody, welcome William. William just joined for the 90 days. All right, again, that’s trueing.com990.
The link is in the chat. You can go to that URL on your own or just send us a text and ask a question. We’ll help you out any way that we possibly can. All right, beautiful. Let me take another sip of water and we’re going to start to we’re going to start to dive into this watch list, guys.
Okay, so SpaceX, we’re looking for a gap up on SpaceX to around 172. We’re looking for a pullback into 166. We’re going to look for the long. Our stop loss will be down around 158 or so. And we’re going to look for SpaceX to push up into the 180s tomorrow and get through that um IPO high of 176 and maybe push to around 185 or so. That’s going to be the game plan for SpaceX for tomorrow. Okay, let’s go on to the overall markets. Let’s talk about the spy. Now, whether you trade futures or you trade spy options, I’m going to give you guys both levels because that’s what we do inside True Trading Group. Like I said, we trade options, we trade stocks, we also trade futures. We do it all. Resistance level on futures 7515 to 7530. I’ll say that again. 7515 to 7530. That is going to be the resistance zone that you are looking at on futures. If you are on the spy, your resistance zone is going to be 751 and a half to 752. I will say that again. 751 and a half to 752. That is going to be your resistance zone. What I am looking for out of the spy tomorrow is going to be a long in the mid740s and a push up to 752. We are pretty close to that that resistance level right now. We’re at the very bottom edge of it. The futures high right now is 7514. Right at the bottom level of that resistance of 7515 to 7530. That would put you on the equity side 751 and a half. I’m looking for tomorrow a support zone that’s going to be around $2 wide from 744 to 746. So, we’re going to look for a gap up tomorrow into here. We’re going to look for that gap up to give you a quick pullback. And then once you get into that support zone, we’re going to look for a a reversal back to the upside and then a continuation move higher and then push right up into that resistance zone. So, we’re going to look for some of us trade while their wife is Yo, Chase. Yo, Jason Wade. Okay, so guys, wait. I’m sorry. If you’re not a member trending, you have no idea why I just got excited. If you are a member guys, that’s Jay Suede. So Jay Suede is a member of True Trading Group who just had their first baby. Okay, they welcomed a be, beautiful baby girl into this world last Friday. So Jace, I hope that the first week was beautiful. I hope that the or two week wait, no, Jace, two Fridays ago. Your baby’s two weeks old or one week old? Was it two? My I listen, I have two kids under two, so my days and my weeks just blend together. But I’m pretty sure it was it was either last not this past Friday. It was the Friday before that or the Friday before. So you’re either one whatever. It doesn’t matter. One or two weeks ago, sorry. One or two weeks ago they had a baby and Jace was actually using all of the AI tools and was actually trading one week old. That’s what I thought. Yeah. Jace, beautiful man. Ah, Jace, God bless, man. I hope you I hope Listen, I know you’re not sleeping, right? I know you’re not sleeping. I know you’re tired, but I hope that you and your wife I hope that your hearts are full of love. I hope the baby’s doing well. I hope mom’s doing well. And uh congratulations again, man. But Jayce was actually in the hospital room and you can even see some of the pictures. I actually posted some of the pictures with his blessing, of course. I posted some pictures on my ex feed of him literally his setup at the hospital. His wife is literally in labor waiting for the baby to come and he’s trading making 100 two making making money as he’s waiting for his daughter to come. And it’s absolutely amazing. I love it. Unbelievable. Truly truly unbelievable. That’s why I say when I see stuff like that, when you see somebody like that who’s trading in the hospital with just their laptop and they’re using all the tools that they have and the resources that are available to them through this platform, it’s just like I I look at somebody else that says, “Oh, I don’t have time.” What is your excuse? What is your excuse? This guy’s in the hospital right now about to have his first baby and he’s ripping ripping profits out on on options contracts. Like, what’s the excuse when you have the right tools? Anyone in here that’s a contractor, anyone in here that that is like a carpenter or anything, right, they’ll always tell you no job is too hard if you have the right tools. Right? Anybody in here that’s a contractor or anybody in here, you guys have all heard that saying before, right? No job is too hard if you have the right tools, right? You guys have heard that. Trading is the same way. Trading doesn’t have to be that hard if you have the right tools. I’m giving you a chance to use the right tools for 90 days. Take advantage of it. TrueTrainggroup.com990.
You guys go there and sign up. Right. And now we also have to welcome Allan and Orlando. So Allan and Orlando, guys, welcome. Glad to have you guys on board. I’m looking forward to trading with you. You guys couldn’t have picked a better week. We’re going to get the first first full week of this SpaceX IPO. We’re going to get Kevin Walsh’s first um Fed meeting. We’ve got a US Iran deal. We’ve got oil down. I mean, you could not have picked a better week for you guys to come in come into this this community, use these tools in your trading and trade with us sidebyside live each and every single day. It’s the perfect week for it. So, Orlando Allen William, guys, welcome. Again, if you haven’t done so yet and you’re not a member, true.com990. Any questions, text us 1888-621-2127.
So, back to the charts. That’s the analysis there on the spy. We are looking for the long on pullbacks into support into around 745 or so and then looking for a push up to 752. All right, so that’s going to be the analysis there on the overall markets. Let’s get to some individual stocks.
We already went over SpaceX. Let’s talk about Bitcoin real quick because I have been stalking a trade setup here on Bitcoin. Okay. And the setup is the support level down here at 60K. Now, if you guys are looking on my screen right now, you’ll see support level down here at 60K from October of 2024 before the big launched new all-time highs. Then on the initial selloff and liquidation in February, we bottomed out at 60. And then we just dropped back into in the month of June, very early June, we jumped dropped back into 60, which is a huge support level. We needed to we needed to hold 60 in order for us to get a decent long off of this level. We so far have held 60. Resistance is 6566. We’re now currently trading just underneath 66. If we can actually push through 66, we should get a little bit of a relief rally here that takes us, you know, probably up to maybe 70 71k or so. But a successful successful test and hold of 60K is very very important for Coinbase. Coinbase that 60K for Bitcoin is the mid 140s for Coinbase. So here if you take a look at Coinbase and you look at the support level that I just drew for you, there is support from September of 2024. There is support from April of 2025. There is support from February of 2026. And there is support from June of 2026. And while you come into this support level, you also formed
a bare flag.
Okay, so this is a bearish chart pattern, but the bearish chart pattern of a bare flag is forming on top of a massive support level. Massive support level. And if if Coinbase I came into this trade, I actually talked about this trade with you guys last week and because we were talking about this level. I pay attention to stocks when they engage with major levels. Not all support and resistance levels are created equal. There’s major levels, there’s minor levels. This is a major level. Whenever a stock reaches a major level, I always pay attention to it. Sometimes I’ll have a bias if that level’s going to break or hold. Other times I like to be very neutral if there’s an an um like an outside catalyst. Like for Coinbase, for strate for micro strategy, I still call it micro strategy even though it’s strategy now. It’s obviously Bitcoin, right? If Bitcoin rallies hard, these stocks will bounce. If Bitcoin crashes hard, specifically strategy, those, you know, those stocks are going to go down. I’m going to have a tough time moving higher. So, I wanted to wait and see. Does Bitcoin crack 60. If Bitcoin crack 60, I was absolutely going to take this trade short on a break through that out of this bare flag, but Bitcoin did not break 60. In fact, Bitcoin is moving to the upside. We got to welcome Daryl. Daryl just signed up for the trial as well. Daryl, I look forward to trading with you this week, brother. Okay, there you go. Rob Jones says, “Hey guys, Mike is telling you the truth about the platform. It is a gamecher.” See, these are words from members. These aren’t even words from me, right? These are words and members. We got to welcome Brendan Predrag and Andrew. Okay, we also have to welcome Brendan Predrag and Andrew. Welcome to the TTG fam, guys. Enjoy the trial. Seriously, I’m going tell you guys this. We had a lot of people that are joining this nine-day trial right now. Listen me carefully. I don’t want you to feel embarrassed. I don’t want you to feel shy. I don’t want you to sit on the sidelines and be quiet. I want you to take full advantage of this time with us. I want you to participate in chat. I want you to ask questions if you don’t understand something. I want you to talk to members because not only are the moderators, the moderators are really great. We have great traders that are moderators, but we also have some really damn good traders that are members as well and they’re very helpful. Like there’s no such thing as a stupid question. Like every single member that we have was once a day one and they didn’t know like they’re all part of the family now but they felt like an outcast maybe when they first started they were too sh they were shy I’m telling you now take advantage don’t be shy really get a feel for what it’s like to be part of this community. Okay. So, everyone welcome to the welcome to TGF fam. Everyone that’s joining the trial. Again, it’s trueing.com/90990.
You guys also will be hearing from your onboarding concier. All of you that are signing up for a trial, you have your own onboarding concier. His name is going to be Ryan. He will be talking to you guys throughout the week, making sure that you know exactly how to use all of the tools that are on the platform, making sure you know exactly where everything is on the platform. if you have any questions, he is there to make sure that your time with us goes as wonderfully as possible. So, be on the lookout for some communication there from your onboarding concier. What time? Start to trade every morning 6:00 a.m. Pacific. Our chat room, Lily, opens at 8:20 a.m. Eastern time for the trial members. 8:20 a.m. Eastern time. The main chat room opens for you to hop on into. And then obviously the market opens at 9:30 a.m. Eastern time. and that’s when the fun begins. Okay, so that’s that. All right, so back to the charts. Coinbase now with this bare flag formation, I actually think that this bare flag is going is is failing and I like the idea of a gap up tomorrow on Coinbase. If Coinbase gaps above 165, I’m going to or h you know what, do we have to gap above 165? Even Listen, here’s the deal. If we gap above 165 on Coinbase, I’m absolutely going after this trade. If we don’t, I’m probably going to wait for us to break above 165 and then buy the pullback into 165. So, a gap above, meaning if we open above 165, my conf my uh conviction on the trade is higher. If we open below 165, I still like it, but my conviction level is a little bit lower. I’d like for us to break above 165, go to like 167, 168, pull back, then I’ll take the long into back into on the pullback back into 165. Stop will also be around 162. All right. So, we’re going to look for us to break up and out of this of this uh bare flag and look for a nice relief bounce on Coinbase that takes you back well into the 170s. Okay, so that’s the play that we’re going to look for there on Coinbase. But 165 is the key. Okay. If we don’t get above 165, I am not taking that trade long. Same thing could be said for strategy or micro strategy. The level on micro strategy is going to be 128 129. If we gap above 1281 129, we are looking for Micro Strategy to hold support in the high 120s. Okay? Again, support in the high 120s. And we’re going to look for Micro Strategy to give you a candle that looks something like that. And we look for Micro Strategy back into the mid to high 130s over the course of the next one to two days as long as Bitcoin continues to hold that 60K level. Okay, so that’s strategy, that’s Coinbase, we talked about SpaceX, we talked about the SPY and futures. Now, let’s hit on Snowflake.
Snowflake, some major levels we got to speak of. Okay, key level here, support 230. That’s the gap of the earnings gap up. You had that massive gap up the end of May on earnings and the low of that day is 230. That creates the gap. You pulled back in and tested it in the beginning of June, it held. You test it again, it held. You test it again, it held. You test it again on Friday, it held. I am going to treat Snowflake as a neutral setup coming into the day. If Snowflake gaps up tomorrow to 240, it is an aggressive long and you look for Snowflake to take out this week and a week and a half to week long consolidation. And you look for a candle that looks something like this on Snowflake tomorrow. And if you get a candle looks something like that on Snowflake tomorrow, I think you most likely would get a follow-through day two move that breaks through resistance in the high 240s. The resistance level that you need to focus on is right here around 247 or so. 245 to 247. Okay, let me draw it for you so you guys can see it. Okay, here’s your resistance. Here’s your support. All right. I think with the markets up 1% and and kind of a risk-on environment, I think that you get a gap up tomorrow and that gap up, okay, ends up pushing through this level and you can get a real nice candle that engulfs a week and a half long consolidation. And if you engulf week and a half long consolidation in one candle breakout, you should get followthrough after that. So, we’re going to watch for a candle to look something like this on Snowflake. Now, I just said to you that I’m going to come into this with a little bit of a neutral stance. I have a long bias based on what the overall market is doing, but I am going to be a little bit neutral because I’m completely understanding the fact that 230 is a massive level. And if for whatever the reason we wake up tomorrow morning and the futures are up 1%, okay, the S&P is up 1%, the NASDAQ’s up 1.3, 1.4, for if for some reason Snowflake is still sitting in the low 230s, be very very careful of that long. That would be very clear relative weakness. And then if 230 were to break, you probably could look for shorts back into 230, which I don’t know if I would take that trade tomorrow if the markets are still strong. I don’t know if I want to be shorting into a 1% up move. So, I would probably just not trade it, but it would be on my watch list then for when I think the markets are going to pull back. I would go after this the stock short using 230 as my resistance zone. Okay, it just might not be the day tomorrow to actually go short, right? So, really key level there for Snowflake. So, make sure you guys have those levels drawn out. That’s going to be the game plan there. Then, I’m going to keep an eye here on Apple. And I would really love I don’t know if I’m going to get the setup that I really want on Apple, but I would love for Apple to actually break last week’s lows and then reclaim them because then I think it’s a screaming long. So, you got this previous um resistance level, right? So, here’s this previous all-time high. There’s previous all-time high. This is right around 287. You broke through that in early May and rallied to new all-time highs. We got to welcome Ricky. Ricky just signed up for the trial. Ricky, welcome, brother. Glad to have you part of the group. Then you had a nice pullback which is a beautiful textbook short. Again, if you follow guy, if you follow me on X or if you guys are part of True Trading Group, you would know that this was we were looking for a short after the WWDC Worldwide Developers Conference. The Apple event was a very easy short to be quite honest with you. Typical buy the rumor, sell the news. Every time Apple rallies into that event, it tends to sell off after it. Actually tried to make a new all-time high, failed it, which even gives you more conviction for the short and then beautiful rollover for two days right into support of 287. And you can see we’re trying to form a little bit of a base here at this 287 support level. And now you also have this dark blue line, which is the 50-day moving average. I would love, quite honestly, I would love for Apple to pierce last week’s low, which is 287. Pierce it, get the 285, 286, and then reclaim it. Because if you reclaim it after piercing that level, in my opinion, that is a very easy long back up to the 9 EMA, which is this teal blue line. See this teal blue line? This teal blue line is a 9 EMA. Now, this is obviously going to continue to curl down. And if you pierce last week’s low on Apple right here, if you pierce it there and then reclaim it by the next day, then that third day is going to be the long and that’s going to be a trade setup that we’re going to look for. Might be like a one to two day swing even if you if you don’t want to day trade it. But for me to take this trade, I probably will need the pierce of last week’s low and then the reclaim to be my trigger to enter this position. If we gap up tomorrow on Apple to like 294, I’m not going to trade it because you’re still within the consolidation of last week. So very specific price action is needed there. But that’s the trigger if we want to take the trade long. And then last but not least, uh obviously big move down on oil on the back of the announcement of the US and Iran deal. And we’re going to look for a break of support on Exxon Mobile. Exon Mobile, you can draw a beautiful little trend line support here on Exxon Mobile at around 145. Um you probably will gap underneath this and we’re going to look for a gap of underneath this for that to be resistance. So, we’re going to look for Exon Mobile to pull back a bit. Okay, we’re looking for Exon Mobile to pull back a bit. All right, so we look for a break of this support level. You guys can see one, two, three, four touches here. Beautiful support. You can even if you really want to get crazy, you can draw this all the way back to that little brief moment of consolidation back there in February, which takes you back here. I’ll just I’ll I’ll point them out for you guys. All right, here’s your support.
Right. So, here’s your support. Sorry, these arrows are not uh my mouse is like I think I need a new mouse. My mouse is not as smooth as it used to be. It’s kind of like it gets like choppy. So, there’s your support, right? So, if that breaks, which it should break tomorrow with this big move down in oil, I think you get follow through on Exxon Mobile to the downside. Okay. So, that’s a slower mover. like Exxon’s going to be much slower than uh Coinbase relatively slow moving than SpaceX. So that’s going to be Ex. I’m sorry, I forgot Tesla. Tesla’s on my watch list as well. Somebody actually just asked Johnny, what’s up, brother? Johnny says, “Mike, Tesla, please.” That’s funny because Tesla is actually on my watch list, too. So, last I I know I said uh Exon was last but not least. It’s actually Tesla is going to be last but not least, and I think Tesla is going to give you a candle that looks something like this.
Okay, we look for day three of this move on Tesla. We’re going to look for Friday’s high, Friday’s close, which is right around 406, 407. We’re going to look for that to be support, and we’ll look for Tesla to push up into the high teens. Now, you have, listen me carefully, you have resistance at around 416 to 418. You have resistance right there. So you should I mean you do whatever you want. You don’t you shouldn’t do anything. You do you should do whatever you want. What I would do is I would take profits right into this zone. Okay. And then I would hold on to some. Okay. What I would do is kind of I would I would hold on to some here and see if you can actually get a little bit of a push then through that. But I would take bulk of that position off the table probably into like a 417. So support level we look for entries on this. That’s going to be right around like 406 or 07 and look for a push to 417. Bulk profits off. Hold the piece. Look for like 425. Okay. Uh Nvidia, I’m selling my friend on TTG. All right. Let’s go take a look at Nvidia.
H
I don’t necessarily like this. I mean, this is an okay setup. This is not one that’s going to make it to the top of my watch list this week. I think there’s far better looking charts for the day trade and for the swing trade. Um, what I would say is you have so your resistance zone on Nvidia is going to be around 207. You have minor support at 200. You have much much heavier support at 195. And Nvidia just has not traded well after their earnings. Um, I don’t know if that relative underperformance is something that’s going to be going to be broken here as the markets are gapping up to these highs. I think you’re you might be more inclined to see other areas of the market do better like areas of the market that are more sensitive to oil. You probably see the airlines probably have a really good day tomorrow. I think the financials and banks probably have a really good day tomorrow. Um, so I think tomorrow might not necessarily be driven by semiconductors. Nvidia just hasn’t really traded all that well to be quite honest. And where the stock is currently sitting, could you get a little bit of a deadcap bounce that takes you back to 210? Sure. But I just think honestly I just think there’s better things to trade right now um than Nvidia. I think there and when I say there’s better things to trade, what I mean by that, it doesn’t mean that it’s it’s not a knock on Nvidia, right? Like when I say there’s better things to trade, being a trader is all about identifying probability. It’s not about predicting the future. It’s about identifying high probability. So it’s you have to have the knowledge to know what a high probability setup looks like, but then you also have to have the patience to wait for those setups to form. And then you have to have the conviction and the discipline to take the trade and stick to your plan. That’s that’s what trading is all about. Okay? It’s not about predicting the future. No successful trader that does this for a living will tell you that they predict the future. They’ll all tell you, “Yeah, I’ve seen this setup before and seven times out of 10 it goes higher. I’m going to position for it.” Like that’s that’s really what trading is really all about. And when I look at this setup, I don’t see a setup that gives me high probability. If you’re a poker player or or if your friend is a poker player, you said you’re trying to sell your friend the true trading group. If your friend’s a poker player, it’s like the difference between getting dealt pocket aces or getting dealt king nine.
King nine is not going to give you a high conviction, high confident hand. It’s not going to give you a terrible hand, but it’s not going to give you a great hand either. So when I look at Nvidia’s chart right now, the probabilities,
I don’t see that as being a high probability setup. So that’s a trade, that’s a stock or that’s a chart, whatever, that I would pass on that would not make it to my watch list. Now, obviously, I’ve traded Nvidia a ton, right? And stocks go through periods of directional momentum and then they go through periods of consolidation. And right now it feels to me like Nvidia is going through a period of consolidation, not a period of directional momentum. That’s why it’s not going to make it to my watch list. I hope that’s helpful. And I hope this live stream was helpful and I hope you guys feel better prepared for the week now that you have a very clear plan of how I’m going to make money this week. I hope to you I hope that you guys are going to be there with me. Thank you for mentioning and yeah, hell yeah. Ricky Garcia, welcome to the group, brother. Yeah, Ricky, welcome, man. Welcome. I look forward to trading with you. Yeah. No, my pleasure. Anyone else that’s not a member, like I said, trueing.com990.
You guys can join our platform for 90 days for 90 bucks and then make some money with us. Do well and then we’ll talk about becoming an annual member. Okay. And then we got to welcome Lily. Yes, Lily, I saw your question before. Actually, I answered one of your questions before. I think I answered two of your questions, Lily, actually. So, Lily just joined as well. Lily says, “What’s the next step?” Okay, so Lily, you just joined. One of the things you can do, Lily, you can go right onto our website. You can right there on your dashboard. You can talk to our AI, ask Mari, “Hey, Mari, I just signed up. What should I do?” And Mari will literally walk you through step by step. This is the first thing that I would do. And then be on the lookout for Ryan. Ryan will reach out to you guys throughout the week and make sure that you know where everything is, you know how to use everything. thing I would say start to go through some of the course material that we have. Familiarize yourself with the platform and then just get your butt inside chat. Get your butt inside chat, Lily. All right. And then we’ll be there to walk you guys through every step of the way. So, Lily, I’m looking forward to it. Glad to see you joined. I know that you’re interested because I you were asking a bunch of questions before. I saw you were active in the chat. Love to see it. Looking forward to trading with you. That goes for everybody else that signed up for the trial as well. Again, folks, if you haven’t done so, it’s trueing.com990 to join that trial. Um, if you have any questions, text us 18886212127.
Have a wonderful rest of your night. Again, congratulations to my Knicks. I will see you guys all tomorrow. Hope you feel better prepared for the week. If you haven’t done so yet, subscribe to the channel, smash that like button, show some love, and I will see you all tomorrow. Have a great night, folks. Take care everybody.
-
06/13/2026 – VirofeedAI
I’ll see all of you have it correct. It is B right news that is you know current that is trending that’s happening right now that people thousands millions of people are already tuned into and even though we know this and you know we stop scrolling ourselves when we see something yet when we publish content we often focus on this try to get views with this and this is the hardest way you rather want to go broad immediately capture a lot of eyeballs filter them and then make sure it all ties back to your offer. I’m going to show you how that’s done. Because what if I told you that after this training, you are guaranteed, and that means not maybe or hopefully, but guaranteed to generate over 50,000 views at least by tapping into trends. We have people that are using our exact trending video AI, which I’m going to show you, to get traffic and sales from scratch. Now for the first time, yog is actually making this available to the public. You will have an AI spot trends and generate massive views rapidly. This exactly what the likes of Anique Singal are doing to hit over 5 million video views. You know, talking about Microsoft, right? His company’s not Microsoft. He hasn’t done anything with Microsoft, but he knows that that is a hot topic at that current moment. A lot of people are searching for it. Algorithms are boosting it. They see it’s getting a lot of traction. You’re getting the better end of the algorithm because you’re riding that wave. And boom, he catches that trend and gets over 5 million views on that one video. It’s a strategy that is so underrated yet works without a doubt. Now, you will own a unique video AI that exactly does this for you. Generates massive amounts of views and engagement. It gets targeted clicks, leads, and sales. It works even if you’re a complete beginner. It generates attention from day one and requires zero tech skills. When you take action today, you will have hundreds of thousands of views. Quite frankly, become somewhat of a micro celebrity in your space with your own team page or own social media page getting tens of thousands of views a day, more video views on autopilot than any other AI tool can promise you. because none of them do what we’re about to show you. And I’ll actually prove it to you. You’ll have an AI growing your social media pages rapidly, even if you’re a complete beginner or even if you’re setting up a brand new page or have an existing page that you know hasn’t been getting any traction thus far. And the best part is you don’t need to show your face for it. You don’t need any followers to begin with. You don’t need tech skills and you don’t need any experience. So this is what we’re going to talk about. Let me know if you’re excited and if you are, who is staying until the end? Comment yes in the comment box, chat box, question box, wherever you can find a place to type comment yes, press enter. Even if you haven’t said a word so far, this is actually live. So come in, comment yes, and if you do so, you’re going to get an attendance bonus package mailed out to you, but only if you stay until the end of this webinar. So make sure you comment yes. And without further ado, let’s dive right into the three secrets, the reason you’re here. Starting off with the viral feed instant views and you’re going to see how AI does a viral trend spotting or leverages a viral trend spotting engine and generates over 50k views for absolute beginners growing your business from scratch. On top of that daily video income, I’m going to show you how to become the most sought after with the current hottest in demand of 2026 that businesses are paying for video views right now and direct special access. Because you’re on this webinar, you’re about to witness something that only is available on this webinar. How to get exclusive discounted access to Viral Feed, something that we won’t be doing anywhere else, and generate daily views only available on this webinar with an early user massive discount, if I might add. So, let’s dive right into secret number one. Now, here’s the truth, and this is something I’ve been sharing for a long time because this truth doesn’t change. There are lots of great business models out there and these might be some of the business models you’re practicing right now. Let me know in the chat box if you are just share if you’re doing you know agency or service providing uh freelancing affiliate marketing white label reselling coaching maybe digital products maybe e-commerce maybe working with local businesses just share whichever you’re doing right now there you go I see lots amazing uh affiliate marketing digital marketing working with local businesses realtors uh contractors perfect now for all businesses marketers and people that want to make money online in 2026 without a doubt of video is an absolute must to grow your business. You’ll have to grow your business with video. This is something you cannot ignore, right? Even Forbes came out saying video must be your goto marketing strategy because it’s the Ruth for massive online success. It gets you more traffic. It gets you more leads. It gets you more views. They’re businesses that simply wouldn’t have been here today if they didn’t blow up through a simple social media post that managed to reach a ton of people. that one single pulse or those few polls or shares that happen allowed them to where they are today. So it is an absolute must if you want to start reaching the right people to leverage video. However, and let me know once again if you agree with this, getting your video seen is nowadays way harder than it looks. And that’s just the reality. We realize that in 2026 ourselves since we also grow our businesses using video. simply posting standard videos and reels like we used to doesn’t work right and you probably noticed this as well. Let me know if you have where you know you’re posting endless amounts of social content, you’re using some of the latest and greatest AI tools, people are ignoring your efforts, nobody’s interested to buy, and you’re spending so much time with absolutely nothing to show for it. And unfortunately, most people think that if they just keep posting something somehow somewhere will hit eventually. And I’m here to tell you that that is an absolute waste of time. It’s the worst way to generate video views in 2026. And here’s why. This is not just something we’re saying. This is something we’ve deeply analyzed because we needed to solve this problem for ourselves as well. In 2026, marketing has changed forever. It changed on so many fronts. And one of them primarily is that algorithms now favor entertainment and trends more than ever. These social media platforms are smart. They know, hey, you know, these business content type stuff, sure, they’re doing okay, but they’re not getting that mass attention, tons of engagement, discussions going, talks going, and these platforms need more advertisers, need more engagement, more users. So, they fuel whatever gets the most responses, and that is entertainment and trends. And that’s why you know businesses struggle to get views because algorithms now favor right here entertainment over you know direct sales accounts posting you know promotions or you know product photos etc are quickly to get ignored. Now right here you can even see social algorithms favor trends because they’re designed to maximize user attention. Now with this data and there’s you know amazing case studies on this. You can see, you know, understanding how platforms prioritize trending versus evergreen content helps building, you know, a sustainable strategy. And we’ve dived really deep into this. We’ve seen that the biggest unfair advantage to generate a ton of views quickly. It’s actually pretty easy once you understand it is just leveraging trending content in a smart way. You see, trending content naturally, just naturally on its own without you doing much additional effort attracts more views because the platform already favors it. It will push it to more people. Platforms like YouTube, Tik Tok, Instagram actively promote topics. Now, if you have the platform boosting you, if they have the platform being the wind in your back, if the platform pushing you, that’s the best type of support you can have. Let me know if that makes sense because they promote topics that are already experiencing a spike in user search demand and viewer interest. If you’re talking about something that everybody’s already talking about, they’re like, “Hey, we’re going to throw you in the mix because we know people are going to love this.” And this is exactly what the biggest pages on social media are doing. They all use the same strategy. Let me know if you’re familiar with some of these pages. You know, pages like Lat Bible. All they do is p pick what’s happening right now in the world or in any sector in tech in you know finance whatever is you know the most talked about topic they create a post about it they get millions of views puberty does the same thing daily mill does the same thing unilab does the same thing you can even see here you know we share bold stories and news about people what connects them from all over the world now and it’s in all types of topic you know health wealth relationships selfless acts and unilad makes a lot of money and a lot of different ways because of this. They do amazing promotions, sponsored posts, they’re getting, you know, a ton of monetizations. We’re going to talk about that more in a second. But let me know if you’re starting to see the quote unquote loophole where most businesses are struggling to get seen by posting about their affiliate offer, their own products and services. This is where pages that have no problems generating 50,000 to 100,000 views on even a bad day, they’re not even putting in much effort. They’re just distributing what people already want to hear. Comment yes if you understand this. Because even though it’s obvious in hindsight, a lot of people are not doing this or not aware about this or haven’t thought about actually implementing this for themselves. Let me know in the chat box if this makes sense. If you understand the power of leveraging viral news trends instead of generic content. There you go. Genius. Brilliant. How come I didn’t think of this before? Perfect. Now, the key here is if it’s this easy, right, as everybody is seeing right now, why isn’t everyone doing it then? And there’s a good reason for that. Because first of all, there are a lot of video tools out there. I’m willing to bet everyone here has some kind of video tool that allows you to generate, you know, faceless videos or your own videos. However, none of them, and we’ve tried them all, none of them scans and finds the most trending content for you that is related to your industry. Whether you’re in tech, whether you’re in AI, whether you’re in finance, whether you’re in business, whether you’re in health, wealth, fitness, what is the most talked about topic? What is the talk of the town? The thing that keeps people going right now. And none of them does that. They make you come up with the script or the tool comes up with some generic script along, you know, the keywords that you give it, but it’s not based on ruined content that people already want to watch. And that’s because creating trending content that attracts your ideal audience requires a ton of work. We’ve seen this firsthand. You need to research fresh news topics. You need to filter for niche relevance because, you know, you can put out any news topic, but you want to tie back to your offer, your business. So, there needs to be somehow a link or connection. comparing Google search demand, finding the right content angle, rewriting it for each platform, posting before the trend dies, and then the video production side, picking the avatar, generating the voiceovers, burning credits on bad outputs, and worst of all, it requires a ton of multiple AI tools, and so much more. And that’s why yog has created the perfect video solution. You see before we needed to research topics with chat GPT you know keep an eye on Google trends what’s happening there then go to capcot to edit the video properly 11 laps for the voices hootsweet for the publishing and it all is costing costing costing costing he has turned all of this into one tool that allows you to do it for dirt cheap viral feed researches the trend generate the script create the videos add the captions and gets you hundreds of thousands of views quickly as proven the first time using it. He managed to generate close to 30,000 views. Something that hasn’t happened in a long time simply because the algorithms already favor what you will publish. You see, Yogus has trained a state-of-the-art AI to scan exactly what’s generating trending traffic right now. Breaking updates, right? Things explain simply what people are wondering about things. You know what this means for you. This is such a great one because people want to know, all right, so how does this affect me? What does this mean for you? Right? This is happening in the world. Here’s what this means for you. That’s such a good content angle. You’re going to witness it firsthand. You’re going to see your first 10,000 views practically overnight. Now, let me ask you a question. What if you we equipped you with your very own viral trend video AI? Now that you start to understand this process and this strategy that you might have not been utilizing thus far, wondering why haven’t you been getting any views, what if you finally had the ability to get a ton of views doing this where the AI finds what gets people to stay on social media and watch. For example, right here, one of the top stories currently, you can actually, you know, look this up as we speak, is that Microsoft and Xbox are facing major layoffs, right? There’s a lot of search volume on this. You can see here, you know, they’re the rising stars. You know, there’s a huge interest in the past 24 hours alone. We can even go to Google Trends right now. Actually go and show it to you myself. So, I’m here inside Google Trends and I’ll do Microsoft, you know, layoffs, something that’s being talked about. Look at the spikes the whole day. This is just the past 24 hours alone, you know, and you see the rising stars. People are talking about this nonstop. And I know that this is a hot topic especially on X on LinkedIn where it’s gaining a lot of traction and algorithms love it now. Therefore, the AI actually already has done all the research for me, has find all the relevant articles, the one with the most comments, the most engagement, and then before I know it, it has actually created a viral news video for me for my offer relating to that story. Breaking right now. Microsoft’s Xbox division is planning major layoffs next month. Bloomberg News is reporting this and it’s just been confirmed by Reuters. Here’s what we know. The cuts are coming soon and they’re expected to be significant. This isn’t a rumor. It’s coming from inside the company. Why does this matter? Because Microsoft just spent nearly $70 billion buying Activision Blizzard. And now months later, jobs are on the line. This signals a major shift in strategy. Xbox is tightening its belt and the gaming industry is bracing for impact. This story is developing fast. There we have it. That story is currently generating us 89,420
views. The offer it goes to is, “Hey, AI is taking over. Layoffs are happening everywhere. Be on the other side by using AI to your advantage.” And we take them to one of our AI tools. The clicks we’re getting for that offer are more than we’ve ever had with any other social media video we posted. And it’s all because the AI does it for us. It once again finds out what is generating massive attention right now. For example, another one that is right now a hot topic is the social security trust fund. You might have heard about this, you know, is running dry in the next 10 years. There’s major worldwide search volume for this. People are panicking and boom, it taps into that algorithm trend and before you know it, Social Security is running out of time. A new report warns its reserves will be gone in less than 10 years. That means millions of Americans could face major benefit cuts. The system is paying out more than it takes in. And without action, the trust fund hits zero around 2033. This affects retirees, disabled workers, and families. The clock is ticking. Want to know how this could impact your future? Follow now and drop a comment with your biggest. There we have it. Do you see yourself generating traffic fast? If you had an AI tool, publish viral news trends 24/7 to your socials and tie it back to any offer that you’re selling, whether you’re in health, wealth, realtors, fitness, no matter what type of business you’re working with or what type of business you own. The AI finds hot topics, things that make people, you know, that they talk about, they’re maybe scared about, things that are on their mind, things that they, you know, gossip about outside with other people when they run into someone or when they’re around the table and they’re like, “Hey, have you heard this on the news?” The things that make people talk, that’s what captures their interest. And when you leverage this AI come to the chat box, do you see yourself? Do you understand the power behind this? Do you see yourself generating traffic fast? Because if you do, I see lots of yeses coming in. Awesome. Pay very close attention. Comment, “I want this.” We’re going to show you the tool firstand the power of it. Comment, “I want this.” If you want an inside look. There we go. I want this. I want this. I want this. I need this. Amazing. Without further ado, let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Hi everyone. This is Yogesh Agarwal. And over the next few minutes, I’m going to show you something that completely changes how you create short form viral videos forever. Today, I’m pulling back the curtain on Viral Feed AI, the world’s first complete viral video creation engine. It turns any trending content, any article, or any idea into stunning, ready to post videos in minutes. Even if you’ve never edited a single video in your life. No tech skills, no editing experience, no voice talent, no expensive software. And to prove how powerful this is, I’m walking you through three different ways to create videos with Virro Feed AI. First, turning a single trending post into a fully edited viral video, plus the full professional editor with key frames, color grading, transitions, and animation control. Then batch creating multiple videos from multiple posts at once, each with its own unique style. And finally, pasting any article URL on the internet and turning it into a video in seconds. Let’s get started. This is the Virro Feed AI dashboard, your central hub for creating AI powered viral videos. From here, you can create a new project, access all your existing projects, manage agency accounts, check your available credits, and get support whenever you need it. I’ll click new project to set up a brand new content channel. Virro feed AI is built for speed. Give your project a name. For this demo, I’ll call it test project. Then pick your niche from 10 readymade categories like AI and technology, finance and crypto, health and wellness, marketing, business, entertainment, sports, science, education or lifestyle. I’ll pick AI and technology. Now toggle add branding on. This is where every video automatically becomes a branded asset. For this demo, I’ll upload a simple placeholder that just says your logo here. But in your real project, this is where you drop your actual brand logo and choose its position. Top left, top right, center, bottom left, or bottom right, so it appears in the exact same place on every single video you create. Next, presenter type. Choose AI talking head for a fully animated presenter or faceless voice for clean voiceover only videos. I’ll go with AI talking head for this demo. Now your avatar. Here’s where Virro Feed AI saves you hundreds of dollars in stock presenter costs. You get two simple options. Option one, upload your own photo, your own face, your own brand, your own personality. And here’s the magic part. Vyro feed AI automatically removes the background so your presenter blends seamlessly into every scene. No green screen, no Photoshop, no manual cutout, none of it. Or option two, just pick from Virro Feed AI’s built-in ready-made avatar library. Diverse male and female professional presenters ready to go in one single click. Click create project and your entire video studio is ready in seconds. Welcome to your project workspace. Three pillars, sources, create a video and my videos. And right at the top, change your avatar anytime with one click. Here, sources are used to scan websites regularly and get trending content. So, you don’t have to search for content anymore. You just need to add your keyword and Virro feed AI will scan all latest news resources and get your fresh content for your video. Create video allows you to use the content from sources to create video. That’s right. No more researching, scripting, or doing any hard work. Click sources, then add sources. In the find section, type any keyword you want to dominate. latest AI news and within seconds, Vyro Feed AI pulls live feeds from Google News, Reddit, Hacker News, and more. Ready to plug straight into your pipeline. Click the plus button and the source goes live instantly, automatically scanning the web every single day. Want full control? Switch to manual mode. Paste any RSS feed or website URL. Set your time filter. Turn on ignore duplicates. Even exclude keywords you don’t want to appear in your videos. You sleep. Viral feed AI works. Our content sources are listed here in the sources section. Just click the drop- down arrow to view all content pulled from that source. From here, you can easily edit, pause, or delete any source whenever you want. And you can add multiple sources to a single project, combining content from different platforms in one place. Pretty powerful, isn’t it? Once everything looks good, click back to return to the project dashboard. When you’re ready to turn your content into a fully automated video, just click create video. Virro feed AI gives you three ways to feed it. Fresh posts from your autofetched content stream, from URL to convert any article on the internet, or custom text to paste your own original message directly. Today I’m covering fresh posts and from URL, but custom text is right there whenever you want to use your own content. So for this first demo, I’m using fresh posts. Look at this list of trending posts. All pulled in automatically and marked fresh. Ready to convert into video. No research, no copying, no hunting. And I’ll pick just one for this demo. On the right, pick your video length, 30, 45, or 60 seconds, and your script style. Confirm your presenter type and choose your call to action. If you have a custom one, add it here. Click next. Welcome to the command center. Every element of your video in one clean screen. The AI has already written your script structured for retention. Edit it if you like or regenerate for a different angle. Next, your visuals. Three sources. AI generated free pixel stock or your own uploads. Three styles. Clean, dynamic, minimal. I’ll go dynamic. Click generate images. And watch this. Custom AI visuals scene by scene. Perfectly aligned with the script. No more pixel searches. No more midjourney prompts. No more stock subscriptions. And Virro feed AIes them right into your video. You can even combine all three sources in the same project. Toggle background music on. Virro feed AI gives you a massive royalty-free music library across upbeat, cinematic, calm, electronic, acoustic, jazz, and hip-hop. Preview and pick a track. Done. Now, this is the section that completely changes the game. Voice and narration. Virro feed AI gives you two powerful options right here. First, look at the top. Clone your own voice. Upload a sample of any voice, just 15 seconds or less, and Virro feed AI clones it narrates every single video in that exact voice. Your own voice, a team member’s voice, a brand voice, anything. Your tone, your accent, your personality, locked into every video you ever make. This is what voice cloning startups charge $30 to $99 every single month for, built right in. And every voice you clone gets saved in your uploaded voices, so you can store as many as you want and switch between them anytime in one click. Or pick a ready-made voice from Vyro Feed AI’s premium neural library. Filter by language and gender, Arya, the warm and confident female voice, Jenny, the natural conversational tone, Ava, plus Michelle, Anna, Emma, and many more. For this demo, I’ll pick Arya from the ready-made library. Captions, the secret weapon behind every viral video. Pick from classic, Tik Tok pop, karaoke, neon glow, bounce, minimal. Customize the active word color, inactive color, background color, font, and even caption position. I’ll go neon glow, robboto font, center position. Watch the live preview update on the right. Click generate final video and Virro feed AI renders your fully edited ready to post video instantly. Welcome to my videos. The home base of your test project. Every video you create in this project lives right here organized with status, duration, source headline and date. Play, save to your device. Delete or click edit in editor to open the professional studio. And look at the top right create new button. This is your shortcut to add another video to this same project. Every video you ever make stays organized inside one clean workspace. One project, one library. But before we create the next one, let me show you what happens inside the editor. Click edit in editor. Your video is already loaded with your full-sized AI presenter right there on the canvas. The timeline below has every track perfectly organized and color-coded. Scenes for backgrounds, AI video for your presenter, narration with the full waveform visible, music and captions. This is a complete professional studio. Click on your AI presenter and a bounding box appears instantly with corner handles. Just grab any corner and drag to resize from full frame all the way down to a small pictureinpicture overlay. Click and drag to move it anywhere on screen. bottom right like a streamer, top left like a news anchor, or center stage like a commercial. And every adjustment updates in real time. And here’s another feature that makes Virro Feed AI feel like a full professional editing suite. You’re not locked into a single presenter position for the entire video at any point on the timeline. Simply place the playhead exactly where you want the change and press S on your keyboard to instantly split the AI presenter into a new segment. Now select that segment and the interactive bounding box appears right on the canvas. Drag to reposition your presenter anywhere on the screen. Resize it to any scale or use the quick zoom controls on the right for pixel perfect adjustments. But this is where it gets really powerful. With that segment selected, just open the effects panel on the left and choose from a library of professional transitions. fade in, slide from any direction, wipe, dissolve, and many more. The transition is applied only to that selected segment, giving you complete creative control over exactly when and how your presenter appears on screen. Need your presenter to move multiple times throughout the video? No problem. Just move the playhead to another point, press S again to create another split, and customize that section independently. Every split can have its own position, scale, and transition effect, letting you create dynamic studio quality presentations with incredible ease. This is the kind of timeline control you’d normally expect from expensive professional editing software. But inside virro feed AI it’s simp
else a scene image an audio clip a caption and the right side of the screen lights up with the properties panel and here’s the magic it transforms based on whatever you select different element different tools so there’s zero hunting through menus just total contextual editing click Click any scene image and properties opens with four tabs. Style for position, scale, rotation, opacity, and fit. FX for over 20 scene transitions across basic, slide, dissolve, and wipe categories. Filters for cinematic color grading. Color presets in one click. Warm, cool, vintage, black and white. Cinema, sepia, high contrast. Fine-tune with the brightness, contrast, saturation, and blur sliders. Plus, professional color grading LUTs, including teal and orange, the Hollywood blockbuster grade, and film noir for dramatic moody content. This is what colorists charge hundreds of dollars per video for. Included, and now, the feature that separates Vyro Feed AI from every single AI video tool on the market, key frames. With this feature, you get complete control over animations and transitions. You can set key frames different points in your timeline to animate position, scale, rotation, and opacity over time. Let me show you how it works. Set frame to zero and set scale 1x. Frame 130, scale 1.5x. And your scene smoothly zooms in, drawing the viewer’s eye exactly where you want it. Animate position to fly elements across the screen. This is professional motion graphics. What Hollywood designers charge $150 an hour to do. Two clicks. Nothing else on the market does this for AI generated videos. Click any audio track, narration, music, or sound effects. And the properties panel switches to audio with the style tab. Volume with quick presets. Mute 25, 50, 75, 100% plus a precision slider and speed control to play at half speed for emphasis, 1.5 times for fast pace, or two times for time compression. Click any caption on the timeline, and the caption panel opens with three full tabs of control. Start with content. Here you edit the exact caption text and set precise start and end times right down to the millisecond. Choose top, center, bottom, or custom placement or apply a preset style like shadow stack with one click. Next is the style tab for complete typography. Set the font size, weight, and family with options like Anton for bold viral impact. Then tune the text color, background color, opacity, text transform, and letter spacing. And when it’s perfect, apply your style to every caption at once. And finally, animate, where your captions come alive. Wordby word animations that make every single word pop. This is the exact micro animation behind every viral Tik Tok and reals caption. The moment you add text, the animation library appears on the right. Over 20 entrance animations, fade any direction, pop in and more, plus text specific animations, typewriter, karaoke, and a lot more. Click the text panel to your own custom text. Click add custom text or pick from professional templates across headings, social, gradient, 3D, animated backgrounds, and lower thirds. Drag it onto the canvas. Edit it however you need. Done. The elements panel adds emojis, shapes, and trending gifts. Drop any element on the canvas and every visual becomes a fully animated component. And just to round out the sidebar, templates gives you 30 pro video templates across every niche. Media is your upload library. Music is a massive royalty-free track library across every genre. And voice over gives you the full library of premium voices plus emotion control to make every line sound human. But the panel that completely changes the game is AI world. This is where viral feed AI replaces five separate AI subscriptions. Generate image, generate video, AI sound effects, AI music, and scene suggestions all in one panel. Five tools creators normally pay for separately every single month. All built-in, all included. And branding. This is where you make every video truly yours. Upload your logo, choose its position on the screen, adjust the size, and control the opacity to match your brand style. Place the logo in any corner or drag it freely anywhere on the canvas. And if you need it, turn on a watermark for extra brand visibility. These settings carry across your whole video so you keep one consistent professional brand identity on everything you create. Settings let you change the frame rate, resolution, snap to grid, and full keyboard shortcuts. When you’re ready, click export. Choose your format, MP4, or webm. Pick your quality and hit start export. Virro feed AI takes you right back to my videos, so you can keep creating while it renders in the background. And here it is, the final video fully rendered, ready to publish. Let me hit play.
Meta keeps delaying its new AI model. That’s the big story. Why? The model isn’t ready for developers yet. Meta says it needs more testing, but some insiders worry about competition and safety. Who is the delay? Why is caution and pressure? This matters because it affects how fast AI tools reach you. Want the latest updates? Follow and comment below for more. Look at this. A fully edited viral video, custom AI visuals, premium voice over from area, perfectly synced captions, your logo locked into the corner. All generated automatically from a single trending news post. This is the kind of content that makes channels go viral. And it took us just a few clicks. And here’s one more massive feature most people completely miss. Look at every video card in my videos. The hooks and SEO button. Click it. Viral feed AI generated 10 attention grabbing hooks and 10 high converting titles. All AI generated, all optimized for the exact content inside your video. These are your Tik Tok and reals hooks. These are your YouTube titles. These are your Instagram captions with content relevant hashtags and tags ready to paste. Everything you need to go viral instantly and grab all those viral traffic to your video in just few clicks. Copy all to grab every hook and title at once. Regenerate for a fresh batch. Save to keep them for later. This one feature alone replaces the AI copywriting tools creators pay $ 20 to $50 a month for and still struggle for video views. here. It’s fully automated and guaranteed to get you views, traffic, and lots of sales. All right, that was the fresh post method. But what if you’re running a daily channel, an agency, or an affiliate campaign, and you need to publish 5, 10, even 20 videos per day? Watch this. Back in my videos for our test project, I just click the create new button at the top. Notice how we stay in the same project, the same workspace, the same organized library. Everything I make next gets added to this one project. Stay on fresh post mode. Instead of picking just one post, I’m selecting multiple posts at once. Three different trending stories, three different angles, all checked, all ready to convert into videos. Now look at the right sidebar. A new bulk style mode option. Auto recommended lets virro feed AI intelligently pick the best visual style for each video based on its content or pick same for all to lock every video in your batch to one consistent style. I’ll go auto. Click next. And here’s where it gets really powerful. Look at the top of the review and generate page. Three tabs. Video one, video two, video three. One for each post you selected. This is the game changer. You’re not just batch generating three identical videos. You’re configuring each one completely independently in a single workflow. For video one, your AI script is already written. Edit it, regenerate it, choose clean visual style, generate scene images, toggle background music on, and pick a track. Choose area as your voice. Set neon glow captions. Click the video to tab. Different script, different content, different angle. Now configure video two completely separately. Maybe dynamic visual style this time. Different background music. Jenny as the voice. Tik Tok pop captions. Click video three. Same total control. Different script. Different visuals. Different voice. Different captions. Each video gets its own unique identity, its own pace, its own personality. All from one batch workflow. When you’re happy with all three, click generate final video. All three videos render in parallel. And just like that, three brand new, fully customized, uniquely styled viral videos ready to publish. 3 days of content in 5 minutes. Imagine the consistency. Imagine the volume. Imagine actually beating the algorithm instead of fighting it. And each one can be opened in the full editor with key frames, animations, and color grading. All of it. And let me play one of them for you so you can see what came out. Super micro computer just launched new AI data centers and locked in major partnership wins. Who is SMCI? They build the hardware powering the AI boom. What happened? They scaled up fast with big clients and new facilities. Why does it matter? Their valuation is now under the microscope. After this explosive growth, investors are asking if the stock is priced too high or still has room to run. We break down the numbers and the buzz. Hit follow and drop a comment with your take on SMCI. Different content, different visual style, different voice, different caption animation, all from one single batch workflow. Three uniquely styled videos in the time it used to take to make one. This is what content creation at scale actually looks like. Now, here’s the fastest workflow of all. This one is for everyone who reads an interesting article online and thinks, “I wish I could turn this into a video right now.” Same test project. Back to my videos. I already have multiple videos in this library. From the fresh post and multiple posts methods, I just click create new again. Same project, same workspace, completely different content source. This time, select from URL. Just paste any article URL on the internet. A TechCrunch article, a Verge article, a blog post, a news story, anything. Virro feed AI fetches the entire article, reads it, understands it, and converts it into a polished video script in seconds. Pick your length, script style, pres from the fresh post method. The three batched videos from multiple posts. The URL video, five videos, three content sources, one organized project. This is what content at scale looks like when everything stays in its right place. In one demo session, Virat AI created a single beautifully edited viral video, batched three uniquely styled videos with per video control, and converted any article URL into video with one paste. All inside a single organized project, plus the full professional editor, contextual properties panel, presenter resize and reposition, cinematic color grading with Hollywood LUTs, 20 plus transitions, key frame motion graphics, the full animation library, plus typewriter, karaoke and glitch text effects, three tab caption control, and one-click export. Now, let me ask you something honest. How much are you currently spending every single month on tools that virro feed AI completely replaces? Voiceover platforms like 11 Labs $30 to $99. Stock media subscriptions $30 to $50. Caption tools $ 20 to $40. AI image generators $10 to $60. Video editing software $ 20 to $60. AI script writers $ 20 to $50. plus professional color grading and motion graphics tools that cost hundreds more. Add it all up and most serious creators are spending $200 to $500 every single month juggling eight different platforms with no integration, no automation, no professional motion graphics, and no time left to actually grow. Virro feed AI replaces every single one of them in one clean, automated, fully integrated platform for one tiny fraction of what you’re spending right now. This is built for affiliate marketers publishing daily agencies producing client content at scale. Faceless YouTube channels chasing the algorithm, Tik Tok and reals creators who need fresh content non-stop, and anyone who wants to dominate short form video without burning hours everyday editing. Right now, if you’re watching this, you’re getting in at launch pricing before everyone else catches on. This is a one-time investment for what would normally be a neverending monthly subscription. Once the launch period closes, this offer is gone forever. Lock in your access. Grab your commercial license while it’s still included
you starting today. This is Yogesh Agarwal and I’ll see you inside Virro Feed AI. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and wants their own Virro feed AI account? It does everything for you from start to bottom. You don’t have to script anything yourself. You don’t have to show your face. It researches the trend, pick an avatar, and you run with it, and you start seeing a mass amount of views starting today. There you go. See lots of yeses coming in. Now, that’s it for secret number one, the viral feed instant views. I’m going to quickly go into secret number two, which is the daily video income. Because the people that grab viral feed AI, you will get guaranteed traffic and sales. This is something we’ve been saying from the start because we’ve done it over and over again. And there’s actually three ways to capitalize viral feed traffic. You’re going to get a ton of views, a ton of traffic regardless because the algorithms will be boost boosting the content that you’re sharing simply because you’re leveraging viral trends and news over and over again. Now, you can send mass amounts of traffic for your offer. And here’s what you can expect from Vir AI. It finds trending content people care about. It autocreatates the scripts, visuals, captions, music, call to actions fully done for you. And then you send the video traffic to your website and offers. you get a ton of clicks, a ton of views as it will make sure the video is related to what your offer or sales page or business is about. And this is exactly what is working right now for other people as well. You can see right here 2.3 million followers generated all using an AI aftar just leveraging you know trending news here. Google just
-
06/13/2026 – Revrescue
can fly by these numbers easily in a way you’ve never seen before. And again, if you’ve used the struggle with trying to offer AI services, not having any businesses to offer your services to, or just businesses not paying attention or ignoring your messages at all, you’re about to witness how easy it is to close them with Ref Rescue. because it’ll effortlessly find and close businesses using a Rev Rescue’s AI that creates the audit and sends it to the businesses, making them pretty much forcing them to listen to you based on the undeniable proof and data that you’re sharing with them. And that’s why if you want access to this, go to the URL right now. Go to the link in the chat box to unlock the entire webinar only bundle. And instead of the 4997 a year or even the 1 1997 a year, you’re going to get the live discount which takes it not even from 397 but all the way down if you’re lucky and fast enough to just 297 to start using this and actually see the results firsthand. And again, you’re going to get access to the master class and nine powerful bonuses included. Now, this is exactly what has allowed Michael and Sarah crushing it. Michael found instantly 13 businesses with reputation gaps. One restaurant alone was losing $8,900 per month. When you show this to a restaurant, they’re forced to listen to you. They’re like, “What do you mean I’m losing 8,900 a month? Tell me more. And how do you suggest I can fix this?” That’s exactly what the AI does for you. You will own an AI that clearly shows businesses losing money and then fixes it for you. shows the plan, shows the suggestions, everything from top to bottom, and that’s the thing that matters. Businesses want proof that you can either make them money or save them money. And when you can do this, they’re willing to listen to you and more importantly pay you. And the bigger the proof, the easier it is to get paid. You’re going to get paid anywhere from $197 to $497 for just reputation audits. $500 to $2,000 just to offer reputation strategy. and $500 to $2,500 for monthly reputation management. We’ve already laid out everything for you. The package, the delivery, the outreach, the system. This is something no other business is providing. And meaning this will give you an unfair advantage in the marketplace, making you far more valuable than anyone else. And it’s the perfect foot in the door to sell any other surfers that you might have to offer. Because if you’re trying to make money right now with your existing services, you’ve probably noticed that they have a lot of competition. But when you come in with the fix that Steve and Prody have created, the fix that allows businesses to acknowledge that they’re bleeding money, the fix that allows businesses based on real facts and data to have no choice but to listen to you. the fix that allows you to take care of all the scattered reviews and left on money on the table where you know a regular business can’t just spend the time or allocate the time to figure that out or let alone is aware of those things. When you take advantage of what Steve and Prody have created right here, you’ll be able to create and fix plans easily adding more traffic to the business, increasing their conversions, and making them more money. And on top of that, saving them a ton of money. Because once you have access to this, once again, here’s what you can expect. The refu scans the city and finds businesses losing money. Then it creates a professional audit and sends it to the business and then effortlessly closes clients. And once again, you can see the messages that you’ll be receiving right here. Thank you for reaching out. Your analysis of the gap between my Google and Yelp is interesting. I’m open to a brief chat next week to see how you can help bridge this gap. Please send over a few days and times. businesses are now begging you to come in and actually help them. And all it does is it searches a city and a niche. It discovers the gap. It generates a audit and sends it. And it does it around the clock to the point you’re making money hand over fist. This is the easiest way to start earning online. You have the ability to discover businesses quietly losing customers every single day. This is your hidden secret and superpower. And then on top of that, you’re also getting access to the ability to instantly generate ready togo client audits. If that’s not enough, you also have the ability to turn hidden reputation problems into easy to close clients. And because you’re on this webinar, you’ll have every opportunity tracked. And simply because you’re smart enough to grab this live, you’ll see that the entire bundle that you’re getting access to allows you to get results in record time. I’m talking less than 72 hours. You’re looking at your first $2500, but only if you grab this right now at only $297. The choice is yours, but this is your last and final chance to grab this before it’s too late. Now, I quickly want to show you once again the all the types of businesses that you can serve. And I want to congratulate people that are joining in. I see Anthony has joined. Uh Steven is in. Congratulations. Marie is in. Congratulations. Lisa’s in. Congratulations. Uh John is in. Congratulations to you as well. You guys are going to absolutely crush it. As a matter of fact, we’re going to make sure of that. Uh Steve, Prody, the entire team is in your corner. And we’re here to take Rev Rescue to become the number one, you know, missing puzzle piece that people are right now uh dealing with where they’re trying to grow a business, but they just can’t get businesses to listen to them. Steven party have solved that with Rev Rescue that missing puzzle piece that they’re now going to make sure every single agency owner or service provider is going to be a fan of Rev Rescue and you’re about to step in to the lowest price it will ever be because for everyone else outside of this they’ll have to pay monthly additional and on top of that they’ll have to pay a thousand annual and you’re going to get it at a steal only because you’re smart enough to show up live here today. And with this, you can instantly get access to once again the the Luke’s license, the unlimited pro, as well as the masterass, the done for you business system, the AI gensify, the catch every call, and all the bonuses mentioned. This allows you to serve any type of business such as restaurants and cafes, dentists and orthodontists, no chiropractors and physical therapists, as well as medical clinics and specialists, cosmetic and aesthetic clinics, gyms and fitness studios, personal trainers, hair salons and barber shops, nail salons and spas. Do you know how many bad reviews these nail salons and spas, you know, they can easily lose out on tens of thousands of dollars when just a handful of reviews are placed online about a person’s nail or this or that. Don’t go here, don’t go there. Boom. They’re losing out on customers, especially, you know, businesses where they’re fixing you up like a barber, um, hair salon, nails, because that is something so important for a human being. You don’t want to, you know, go to a barber that will mess you up because you have to walk around with that. So, it’s so darn important for especially businesses like that to have a good upstanding whenever a review is placed that there’s a good two side of the story. And even if it’s a neutral review that the business owner is active that they’re responding to it. Now, as long as they’re not doing that because they’re too busy into dayto-day or they’re, you know, everywhere and anywhere or they just have no idea, no control over what’s happening where, they’re losing out on a ton of money. Now, beauty and skincare clinics, massage therapy, tattoo studios, lawyers and law firms. I mean, imagine a bat review in a tattoo studio. Do you know how much money that will make them lose? If there is no proper reputation management, no reply, no uh showing them here’s what we’ve done great and here’s uh what’s happened and here’s how we should address this. If nothing is being done, they will continue to lose thousands of dollars a year, tens of thousands of dollars a year. Same goes for lawyers and law firms. It’s so important to have, you know, a decent to good lawyer. If you see a review on a law firm saying they messed it up, don’t go here. Lawyer didn’t reply. He’s busy with other cases. You should at least reply, “Well, we’ve done everything we could. You actually withheld some information to us which didn’t allow us to be prepared for X, Y, or Z. We’re proud of what we can do. We actually have a lot of positive reviews. We welcome everyone to come and inquire. A simple response like that to a negative review based on the situation can save a law firm so much money and they’re willing to pay thousands of dollars for you to point it out and help them fix that. So again, everything is waiting for you on the inside. You absolutely should grab this right now before it’s too late. If you want to start having a business that actually generates a real five figure income without the hassle, without struggling to get seen, without struggling with, you know, getting people to notice you, without struggling to get businesses to pay attention to you. If you’re right now trying everything, which is posting on social media, trying to go viral, you know, maybe doing some outreach emails already, but you’re lacking what Ref Rescue can provide, which is simply giving everything you need to make sure your business has to listen to you, then for less than 300 bucks, an absolute massive discount, 297, you can grab this and start seeing real results, real growth, and start experiencing how easy it is to actually build a business, how easy it is to get another retainer, another $2,000, another $5,000. How to see that with your own eyes is by leveraging Ref Rescue to go out there, find businesses that are actually losing money, creates an AI report on it, sends it over, and gets businesses to want to do business with you. The link is in the chat box right now. Grab it while we’re live to secure your access at the lowest price it will ever be. And remember, when you grab this, you’re also getting access to nine bonuses on top of everything we’ve shown you, which is the Ref Rescue premium account, the Ref Rescue unlimited upgrade, the masterclass access, the done for you business system, the Ref Rescue AI Aensify Unlock, the Ref Rescue Catch Every Call, the special webinar only bonuses. I mean a total value of $30,000 989 you’re snatching up for just start closing clients with ease. Use the coupon code that you’re only getting access to on this live training and you’re power of web rescue firsthand. You’re going to finally see how any surfers that you’ve been trying to skill, any AI tool, any type of agency or business that you’ve been trying to grow finally will be for you inquiring and wanting to work with you because your foot in the door is so powerful. And that’s sometimes the only thing you need, the most perfect foot in the door that makes a business simply can’t help what people that are using our exact AI are doing right now. And as promised, you’re owning a unique businesses that are already ready for help. It shows them a clear reason to listen. It creates proof based audits in minutes. It then, you know, goes out there, outreaches, and it lands 2K to 5K a month clients for you. And the best part is it does it all without you needing the skills. You can be an absolute beginner. and we have beginning users that are right now making money as we speak. So, if you’ve been looking for something on the side or something you can do in your spare time or something that can fuel whatever you’re trying to do currently, something that can add to your existing agency, something that can actually boost it, something that you know was the missing puzzle piece to everything you’ve been trying to do thus far,
then the answer is right here. this new AI that finds local businesses quietly losing 3 to 10K a month from hidden review gaps. Now, within the next 72 hours, you’ll be seeing your first clients ready to pay you. It’s all because local businesses are desperate. They need all the help they can get, and you’re going to prove and show them exactly where the money is, where they’re losing money, and how to fix it. You’ll finally know what service to provide. You’ll finally have results to show and you’ll finally have businesses interested in your help. Because if you’ve been dealing with the opposite which is not show sure what service to provide not having any results to show and business is not interesting your interested in your help with the proof that you’re able to present and ref rescue doing what it does best showing actual proof where the business is losing money and then offering to fix it you will own an AI
right now to grab it at only 297. I want to congratulate everyone once again that has taken action on this. I want to congratulate everyone once again who’s smart enough to pick this up. But I want you to know with the master class, I know for a fact you’re going to see your first clients in record time. I know for a fact this 297 will be peanuts to you when in the first week you’ll look at that 297 like pocket change because you’ve just made thousands of dollars from businesses happily paying you, thanking you, and ready to be sold any other service that you might be able to provide to them. All of that is possible with Rev Rescue if you want to experience what that’s like. Go to the link in the chat right now. I’ll ask the team to drop it one more time and then go ahead and get instant access. And I’ll see you on the inside. Now again, everything you’re seeing here today is not just something we’re saying. We have the results, the proof, and the data to back it up. As a matter of fact, I’ll show you live right now. I’ll go to Google, right? And I’ll type in unanswered or unanswer unattended business reviews. And the first thing that pops up here, leaving customer reviews unattended hurts your brand trust and reduces repeat business. For local businesses, ignoring unrelied reviews signals a lack of care to the future customers. The simplest way to tackle this is to check your profiles and reply directly to feedback to do. Even when it comes to negative feedback, they need to stay professional, apologize, and provide an offline way like a phone number, email to solve it. That means a lot to a person that’s reading uh a deep business reviews. On top of the positive feedback, acknowledging it, acknowledging the compliments and inviting them back. All of this will add revenue to a business. Unread reviews or unanswered questions are literally slowly killing a business. And there’s so much proof and data that backs this up. Right? Again, if I keep searching, right, leaving a business online reviews unattended is a silent killer of customer trust and repeat business. Ignoring feedback, whether positive or negative, makes your brand appear neglected or dismissive. Responding promptly builds loyalty and converts unhappy customers into returning ones. And that’s the thing. So many businesses are not aware of this. And the ones that are actually actively looking for someone that can help them. If I can write here, reputation management um or review management on Upwork right here looking for jobs anywhere from 500 to, you know, a,000. You can see reputation management expert needed. We’re seeking someone, you know, that is a skilled online reputation management specialist. They’re willing to pay 500, right? $1,000. $1,000. $1,000.
-
06/12/2026 – Luke Maguire – Build Software Fast With Claude
What is happening everyone? It’s Luke McGuire here, and we are live with today’s session. A huge, huge, huge welcome, and I am so glad that everyone has made it into this series. This is going to be a lot of fun over the next three core days and then two bonus training days next week. We are going to be going from zero to a complete build of any software app—whether it’s a Chrome extension, setting up any type of automation for things that you do every week manually that we can now automate forever so that you never need to do those tasks again in your workspace, or even just at home in your personal life if there are things that you do all the time on social media, Facebook, or in your email clients. Whatever it is, we can automate everything, and we’re going to get into it pretty quickly today.
Now, this little intro here, I’ve had to record again outside of the welcome webinar because of GoToWebinar having some annoying issues when we started today’s session. So rather than have you watch a very frustrating 10 minutes while I had to change computers, change back, and tell a bunch of jokes, I thought I would do this little intro here to get started.
The first thing that we covered on the session today was the prize pool that we’re going to be having coming up shortly. We’re going to be doing prizes for this masterclass. All you need to do to be a part of it is submit your work when you finish with it. If you follow this every single day that we teach it and implement it on the same day, by the next session, you’ll have everything of this three-part series done by the end of the third webinar.
To give you an example, there was one automation that I share later in this session that I set up about two weeks ago. It was taking around 10 to 15 hours of my week up for me manually having to do the same repetitive tasks over and over and over again, where I didn’t think it was possible that I could have automated it or had tasks and work being done while I was out. Then, little did I realize, when I could do that, it saved me 10 to 15 hours a week, which adds up to over one month of the year (and that’s in 24-hour time). Say I slept 12 hours of the day—which I would love to be true, however it’s not—but just say I did, that means that would be two months of the year that I have now saved instead of doing this one incredibly monotonous, boring job task. So again, whether it’s a product, a service, an online offer, a software product, or private mentoring—you name it, you can create it with AI. We’re going to get from zero to your complete build in the coming week. Give me one moment here as I change this over.
All right, so before we jump right into the rest of the core of the webinar, I just wanted to go over what you first land on when you log in here. When you log in at the link agent72-toolbox.netlify.app (the link will be around this), you enter your email and the password, which is VIP1234! in capitals, I believe it is. I’ll put the password around this video here somewhere, but you can log in with that, and you’ve got the email and the password as well. Once you’re in here, it comes to this first breakdown where it shows you the first 30 minutes of what you need to do as soon as you get inside Agent 72. First being, install Claude for desktop. If I click on this right here, it’s going to bring me over to the desktop build. Hit download, and you are good to go.
The reason that we use Claude on the desktop is because Claude has all its features that it provides on the desktop app, which you will not get if you’re using the browser version on Google Chrome, Safari, or anything like that. You won’t get a lot of the features like Claude Code specifically. You won’t get any of the features where Claude can control files on your desktop, like go into your documents, into your different Claude builds, and access things on and around, and even use the different products and services that you have purchased in the past as actual tools. Claude can work with any of these, essentially as if it’s a personal assistant to you. This really ties in shortly when it comes to… actually, you know what? I’m just going to let you guys see it firsthand. So go ahead and install it for the desktop. Inside that desktop app, you have Claude Chat, Claude Copilot, and Claude Code, and from there, you are going to be good to go.
The next tool I suggest downloading here is a tool called Linear. It’s a free tool; download it. The reason behind it is it’s going to be a huge help when it comes to building out individual job tasks in a large project build. Again, you don’t build a single one of these tasks; it’s all done via AI. This will essentially mean if you have a big project that you need to build out as a software tool, so there are a hundred different mini-projects that need to be done and set up, instead of sending one agent to go and do it, you can send all 25 to knock out all of the key parts of the build in parallel in just a matter of minutes instead of hours or even days. That’s a really neat extra feature that’s inside of Linear, which you’ll see more of shortly.
Outside of that, download ChatGPT. If you don’t have it already, it’s worth having a copy, even if it’s just a free copy on your desktop. If you want to take things to the next level, there is a tool called Codex. Codex is essentially like ChatGPT, and it’s run by your ChatGPT subscription, but it allows you to create code at a much higher level than ChatGPT does itself.
So let’s jump back over to the main training. I just wanted to get that intro tied in nicely here. Stay to the end because we build a lot in this session. If you follow it exactly, you’re going to get some pretty insane results that you’ll be able to share inside of the VIP community (the link is below). We created it on this webinar; join that too, and I’ll speak to you soon.
Let’s get into the main chunk of it. You’ve got Claude Code installed, you’ve got Linear and ChatGPT downloaded. Where do we go from here? The first, most important thing you’re going to be doing after this session is building your business brain out. This is going to give your AI an unfair advantage compared to most people when it comes to anyone doing work on any AI tool out of the gate, because they never even think to do this. I’m going to copy this prompt, and I’m going to go ahead and pull up a Google Drive link. Let me see if I can share this window.
What I’m going to do is grab this copy-and-paste text here. I’m going to run through it really quick. This is going to be the first thing you post into Claude when you download it. If you’ve done this with me before, don’t worry, we’re going to be moving forward through this pretty quickly. But if you haven’t, this is the most important thing to do straight after this session. You’re going to write in this prompt: “You are a business strategist and you are going to interview me so you can help me build things this week. I’m a beginner. I may not have a business yet, just an idea.” That is totally fine. Go ahead and tweak this according to where you’re at. If you just want it to be complete bare-bones, have it set to that, and add rules for this interview: “Ask me one question at a time. Wait for my answer before the next one. Keep it friendly and plain. If my answers are vague, ask a follow-up.”
I’ve tried to make this as quick as possible. If you wanted to really take it to the next level, take this prompt and then open Claude. I’m doing this on the browser this time just so I don’t have to jump through different windows and tabs, but this is the first page you’ll see when you open Claude on your desktop. We’re going to go ahead and paste that in here, and before all of this, I’m going to say something like: “Hey Claude, I am about to do a week of building software, solutions, automations, websites, etc. They’ve asked me to share this prompt to get a basic idea of who I am and what my goals are. Can you please go and make this interview much more detailed? Find out things that you may want to know that have not been asked. Please even set as many questions as you like now, with the goal of coming back in a week or two to do a follow-up. I want you and I to be on the same page completely. Can you please write back to me the updated prompt you would give me?”
Even if it’s messy with spelling mistakes, don’t worry about it. I’m just going to hit enter and we’ll see it do its thing. Let me turn my webcam off as well to make sure it’s not lagging. While it does that, let me jump back over into our questions. Once you’ve done that, go to the next step. The next prompt is going to be setting up your workplace. Again, this is something that people just do not do. This is getting your file system and your file management set up to at least a basic organizational setup, because it’s so important to know where your files are when you’re building different things. As a developer, even though you won’t know any code, it’s so important that you have a setup where Claude can understand where things are at. It gives you a nice clean breakdown of the different things you’ll be building right out of the gate, which is going to save you so much time later down the track. When I first started, I didn’t even think that this was something I would have to do, so I just started building things and saving things randomly as files in different places, trying to drag things around. Then I’d need to start a new project and I couldn’t find where the stuff from the previous project was, and it was just a mess.
Another thing in Claude and in all AI tools: unless you set things up like this the first time, if I started a brand new chat tomorrow, it wouldn’t remember anything from this prior chat. In fact, it wouldn’t remember anything about me. It would wipe its memory every single day until I set things up accordingly so that it saves things and conversations can be remembered so that you can actually build things going forward. I’m not going to go into depth on that; I’m just going to show you how to ensure that doesn’t happen. That’s the theme with this training: it’s about getting things moving, not going through everything, but just explaining why we do it.
Next, we’re going to load the power-ups. These are little things like setting up certain rules. For example, a rule that before you finish a workday, you want to write into a specific file an update of where all your tasks are at, so tomorrow when you wake up, the AI can remember where you finished off and knows where you can start today. That is something that you can do here. We’ve also given it the ability to create a design rules file. This is looking at how to actually make things look good and premium, ensuring it understands that we’re not just building Excel-themed files where you might get an output of a comparison table that looks like a basic spreadsheet, but instead something that looks like a beautiful Photoshop presentation. This prompt is going to help you with that.
You can continue to go through them; they’re all in here for you to follow. These are just some of the basic ones to get you up and running. As we go through the week, I encourage you to go deeper on this as well. For those of you here that have been a part of my Agent Suite—which is my exact Claude setup where there are now 187 skills, 15 agents, and all of the integrations that I’ve included—you don’t even need to worry about this. I’ve done this for you plus a lot more. If you’ve got the Agent Suite, you are in the best position possible. If you don’t have it, don’t worry. This course is not about that. You can build something out without it, and you don’t need it for this to work.
Once you’ve done the interview and the AI understands who you are and what you sound like, here is where you can set these rules to sound like you. These are copy-and-paste prompts, but the whole thing I want you to learn throughout this course is that rather than just taking what I’ve said here, give it a go yourself. Often you’ll get a better outcome than just copying and pasting text. For example, instead of saying “make this email sound like me,” I wrote: “Rewrite the text to sound like me. My voice is like an experienced friend, not a guru. Lead with the biggest benefit, use short sentences, strategic caps on key phrases, no em-dashes, no hype, and no corporate filler.” This is what I sound like. You can say: “Hey Claude, I want you to sound more like me in your emails. What do you need from me to do that? Can I give you access to my Gmail so you can see how I write?” It will guide you step-by-step or even just do it for you.
We’ve got complete copy-and-paste builds, which are essentially simple products. You can build a lead magnet landing page in your niche just by entering details about your industry, and it will build it out accordingly. I’ve got a bunch of prompts in here, including ones that put money in the bank, how to get clients, how to find your next audience, and how to price your offer correctly. I’m going to add more of those throughout the week. Then we’ve got the replays, where your replays from this series will go, and we’ve got the skills and rules.
Skills and rules are things you write to teach Claude how to act differently in a way you like. For me, I like it to talk like a human, not like a robot. I like to always get three next-move solutions. If I finish having it build an image, I like when it gives me three additional things it can do from there to help me improve the image or use it for my marketing. It won’t do that unless I set a rule. Another massive one is “plan before you build.” If you don’t tell it to plan a build every single time before actually building something, it will just go straight into building it. This is the same with any AI, so make sure you say: “Hey, I want to build a project, but let’s put some initial steps in before we actually launch the build.” Does that make sense? Let me know in the chat box.
Now that we’ve got that idea of how this all works, let’s go into the tools section. Here are our key seven tools. I built these out as a concept. You probably saw the one-shot builder that I placed on the sales page, which was built with this system you are going to be learning throughout this week as well. Everything you see is what you are going to be learning, which is pretty cool. Even this backdrop here on this video was built out with AI.
This is called the One-Shot Engine. It comes as the second tool and is what gives us a prompt to build out an entire software build, automation build, app idea, Chrome extension, website, or opt-in page from scratch. Let’s do an example here today live. If you haven’t done the setup yet where the AI interviews you, wait until after to do your main build. You’ll have time to create probably three or four different things if you want to.
I wanted to jump over here first to show you the updated version of the prompt that it gave us. The prompt you gave me is for a total beginner with just an idea and no business. I’m going to use my text-to-speech tool here: “Hey there Claude, yeah, I know that this is about someone who hasn’t got a business yet or doesn’t really have an idea of what type of online business they want to create. That’s why I’ve sent you the long prompt from the members area. I’m currently on a live webinar showcasing how to use this, but I wanted to show them how they could customize this and beef it up to really go to that next level in explaining their goals, wanting you to learn as much about them as possible to get the best outcomes. If you can give me that copy-and-paste option, that’d be great. Can you do one example for someone with no idea what they want to do online, a second version for someone with an existing online business they want to grow, and a third example for someone looking at a side project they want to become their main income earner in the future? Feel free to do three versions or tie them all into one master prompt where the user can chat with you.”
Just word vomit into Claude—that’s the way to work here. It’s great because you can make mistakes, give it ideas, and not be perfect with your execution. It will understand and work accordingly. There’s no point trying to write in perfect academic English here; it’s about taking imperfect action. Let’s hit send and see what it says.
Over this week, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday is when we have these sessions, because there is a day in between that I want you guys to have the ability to work on things before we go to the next step. It’s only three core sessions, so please get the work done before the next session so you don’t have to play catch-up. That way, we can all finish together. Inside the community tab, what I’m going to be doing is getting you all to upload your finished product once you have completed your build. I’m going to be giving away cash prizes for this as well. The best incentive I’m going to set up is that by submitting your project, you will gain access to everyone else’s builds and can use their tools and creations yourself, just like they can use yours. Working together as a community is going to amplify the outcomes we get a hundredfold after this week. We have three sessions this week and two bonus sessions next week, but if you need extra sessions after that, I’m here for you.
Let me get you that advanced prompt over here. It came back with a mood-based update: “Instead of these separate prompts your audience has to choose between, I built one master prompt that asks them upfront which situation they’re in. Claude does the sorting. The real upgrade is in its instructions: it knows to dig and spot patterns in their answers.” This is perfect if you have trouble talking about yourself and figuring out what is unique about you or what value you bring to the table, especially if it’s a new area. I’m going to share this with you in the chat window now, and I’ll add it into our main file.
You would take this file, copy it, and over here in Claude, paste it directly into the chat, saying: “Please run this.” Then go. Another thing to mention since we’re getting started inside of Claude itself: there is a brand new feature in the model settings. You’ll see the option to set the effort level to max, and you can turn on thinking. However, when I asked Claude a simple question and set the thinking and effort to maximum, it took a long time to respond because it ran so many simulations trying to figure it out. It thought I was asking it something way harder than it actually was. That was a big mistake. I normally recommend turning that off; setting it to “high” is more than enough for most tasks. I’ll say: “I’m sorry, I had the effort set too high. Can you just tell me in short dot points in layman’s terms what the news articles said about Claude Mythos?”
See, now it’s way faster. It says here that Mythos is dangerous because it can find security holes in software and write code to break through them, chaining multiple exploits together on its own with very little human help. It scanned over a thousand open-source projects and found over 23,000 issues, 6,000 of them serious. This Mythos model is apparently going to be released to everyone soon, and people are saying the latest models are not too far off from what we’ll be able to do. It’s the most powerful model in the world, and it doesn’t make sense not to use it if you have the option.
If you are using Claude for the first time, you can go into your ChatGPT and say something like: “Hey ChatGPT, can you give me a full markdown file with every key bit of information you think would be useful to know about me, updated from my work interests, projects, etc.? Just respond with a generic response, not actual private information.” It’s going to do that, and you can take that text, paste it into Claude, and it will instantly know about you as well.
Whenever you are researching, you can ask for facts and say: “Hey Claude, when I’m doing research or asking about a specific event, if you can respond where you feel it’s fit depending on the question, please give me clean, easy-to-read dot points in layman’s terms so that it’s easily digestible. For example, if I ask for fun facts about the Tasmanian tiger, I don’t need a 10-page response. Just give me some dot points on when it was last seen, how rare it is, and maybe a funny piece of evidence of a recent sighting.” For those who don’t know, the Tasmanian tiger was a dog-like animal in Tasmania, which is an island at the bottom of Australia that broke off from the mainland about 10,000 to 12,000 years ago. Because of that, it built an untouched landscape with some of the rarest wildlife in the world. Even though the tiger is considered extinct, people still believe it exists in the wild and move there to find it.
Anyway, I’ll paste this prompt in here, and it will create a custom rule. It says: “Yes, I will match the depth of how invested you are in the conversation so you get clean dot points in plain English, scaling to how deep you actually want to go. No more 10-page essays when you just want the gist of something.” To make this preference stick, you can create a custom rule. I’ll share this copy-and-paste rule in the document for you guys. These are the kinds of rules that are included in the Agent Suite, which installs all of my pre-made rules and setups with one click to save you a massive amount of time.
One of the most important skills to add to your Claude setup is to make sure that Claude does the work for you when it can do the job itself. When it comes to the desktop app, you have Claude Chat, Claude Co-work, and Claude Code. Standard Claude Chat is a linear conversation back and forth. This is where I recommend starting every project to plan the build, get the basic overview, and work on the visual design. Claude Code is the actual coding side of things.
There has always been a disconnect between marketers and developers. If you want a two-story house built with a bathroom, a garage, and a swimming pool, you might picture the garage on the first level, the bathroom upstairs, and the pool in the backyard. But a developer might build the pool in the middle of the house, make the second story float off to the side with stairs going down to the toilet, and put a drive-up ramp to the garage on the roof. They both built the exact same list of requirements, but there is a massive disconnect in how it was executed. This is why developers hate working with other people’s code—it turns into “developer slop.” The beauty of having AI now is that it doesn’t code like this if we connect the two sides with a strong user interface and a clear plan. That’s why front-end and back-end development need to meet in the middle, and we do that by planning the user interface first.
Let’s look at an example. I asked Claude to build a mockup version of “Where’s Wally?” (or “Where’s Waldo,” as they call him in America). I wanted to create an app where I could add our top affiliates as characters in a scene, and they could find themselves in it. My concept was to gamify our JV page. The affiliate would log in, complete four or five tasks—like joining the Facebook group, adding the launch dates to their calendar, and grabbing their affiliate link—and then enter the hunt. If they found themselves, they’d get a 2% increase in their commissions. It was a fun way to get them engaging with the launch page.
Claude gave me prompts to generate a futuristic background in Google Gemini, and then I used a prompt to make a 3D cartoon character of myself using a Facebook photo. I gave that to Claude, and it segmented me from the background. Let’s see what it created: “You are on your summer in the launch. Find yourself.” You complete the tasks, enter the hunt, and there is a timer running. If you need a hint, it says: “Look for the giant person three times bigger than everyone else with no legs.” Sure enough, there I am. When you click on it, it pops up. It’s a silly piece of software, but creating something like that for a business really wows them. It shows them that if you can build something fun and custom like that, you can build anything.
Now, let’s look at editing photos. I had a photo of my partner and me in front of the Eiffel Tower, but a bus was blocking the view and there was scaffolding on the building. I can take this photo, paste it into ChatGPT, and say: “Hey, can you make this photo better by removing the bus and the people, and optimizing it for the ultimate Instagram picture?” ChatGPT’s image editing is incredibly powerful. We’ll let it run that and come back to see what it creates.
Back to Claude. In the top left of the desktop app, we have Chat, Co-work, and Code. Standard Chat is linear. Claude Code is where we do our building. You speak to the lead agent, it reads your input, makes a plan, and dispatches sub-agents to handle different files and tasks in parallel. You have the option to set the model to Haiku, Sonnet, or Opus. If you’re on a budget and want to get the most out of your token spend, Sonnet is a great place to start. It gives you about 90% of the capabilities of Opus at a much faster speed. Haiku is best for high-volume, very basic tasks, while Opus is the highest level for the best designs and cleanest code.
When Claude Code goes to do a job, it can launch a head marketing agent to scrape 100 competitor pages, spawning 100 individual sub-agents to do the scraping, feed that data back to an analytics agent, and pass it to an ad agent to create 50 different Facebook ad variations to split test. Once it’s all done, the information gets fed back to the head agent, and you get the completed results. You can have it schedule content, give you morning briefs, or monitor the web to inform you the second an event happens, like a new model dropping.
Let’s set up a morning routine. I’ll ask Claude: “Can you write me a quick prompt that will schedule a morning plan of attack? It should go through my Gmail, rank important emails at the top, draft responses in my voice, flag urgent messages, and provide a daily summary. It should look through my personal profile file in Claude to understand who I am.” This turns Claude Co-work into your personal chief of staff. All you need to do is copy this prompt, paste it into Co-work, and connect your Gmail.
I also want to add a custom rule: “Whenever you suggest something to me, or if I ask a question and you respond with steps, please always follow up with: ‘Would you like me to do this for you?’ if you have the ability to do that job. Often you’ll tell me how to do something manually that you could easily automate or do yourself. If you ever find that I’m struggling with a task, see if there’s an automated way to handle it in Claude Code or Co-work.” This is a massive value-add prompt that will save you weeks of manual work.
Now let’s get into our actual build. We’re going to use the Idea Engine. What’s my name? My name is Luke, but let’s do an example for my father-in-law, Chris. He runs a commercial fit-out business that builds, rebuilds, and retrofits Domino’s, Nando’s, Australia Post, and Cheesecake Shop stores across Australia and New Zealand. I want to help him save time and systemize his business. Currently, he is the only one in the company who knows how to quote jobs, manage builds, and price profit margins. One in five jobs blows out because there are too many moving parts managed by phone calls and trust—for example, if the flooring team isn’t finished on Tuesday, the cold room can’t be installed, putting the entire timeline back. I want to build a system that allows him to scale, free up his time, and turn his knowledge into an asset so the business can run without him. He has tried migrating invoicing tools before, but found it too hard and is resistant to change. He has a computer, a phone, and a lifetime of knowledge in his head.
I’m going to run this in Claude. It came back with three brilliant ideas:
- Blowout-Proof Quoting Tool: A web-based quoting calculator where a team member enters the project scope, and it spits out a fully costed quote with a built-in risk buffer and profit margin based on Chris’s historical knowledge.
- Job Coordination Board: A visual sequencing tool where Chris inputs a store type and gets a preloaded sequence of all trades and deliveries in the correct order, with dependency locks so no one can schedule the cold room until the flooring is signed off.
- Fitout OS: An interactive digital playbook where Chris can record quick voice notes or videos from a job site, and the system transcribes and structures them into step-by-step checklists for new site managers and subcontractors.
Let’s do another example for my sister, Georgia. She owns a boutique wedding dress shop and wants to transition to an online-only model. She specializes in custom, unique patterns like black wedding dresses, which she gets manufactured overseas to keep costs down. In the next 90 days, she wants to generate buzz and drive online sales via social media.
Claude suggested:
- Dress Personality Quiz: A short interactive quiz that matches a bride’s vibe and venue to one of Georgia’s custom styles.
- Black Dress Finder: A dedicated mini-web tool where brides input their body type and wedding theme to receive a curated mood board and instant price estimate.
- Virtual Fitting Room: An AI-assisted experience where brides upload a photo of themselves and get a generated visualization of what a custom dress would look like on them.
Let’s go with the Dress Personality Quiz. I’ll use the One-Shot Engine to generate the prompt. I’ll select the features we want, choose an elegant black-and-white theme, and hit “Generate my prompt.” Now, we’re going to take this prompt over to Claude Code, create a new project folder called “wedding-quiz-example,” paste it in, and let it run. It’s going to build out the entire functional prototype for us.
For more complex builds, we are going to use Linear to manage the tasks. If you download the Linear app, you can create a team for your project. Back in Claude Code, you can connect your workspace by typing: “Connect to my Linear team and break down this build.” Claude will automatically generate all the parent and child tasks—breaking them down into database structure, front-end design, and back-end logic—and organize them into clear implementation waves on your Linear board. As Claude builds, it will check off the tasks one by one. It is a seamless way to build software cleanly and efficiently.
I have also created a brand-new community for us on Go High Level. I’ll put the invite link in the chat and the Google document. Come join, introduce yourself, and share your build progress, screenshots, and links in the dedicated channel. I’ll be jumping in there to do live Q&As, share bonus content, and help you with your projects.
Your homework for tonight is to get your desktop environment set up, run through your business brain interview with Claude, connect your third-party tools like Gmail and Google Drive in the connectors settings, and start building your first simple tool. I can’t wait to see what you guys create. Get cracking on your builds, and I will see you all for our next core session on Wednesday!
-
06/12/2026 – True Trading Group – Market at a Turning Point SpaceX IPO Buzz + Trading Recap
Hey yo, where am I at? There it is. Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the True Training Group live stream, folks. We’ve got um a pretty nice move here to the downside. I’ve actually I’m already in a short position here um on the overall markets. So, we’re short MEES from 761175 and we just got a big drop here. Um, hold on. We’re This is coming out here live.
See, we got some news that’s coming out right now regarding US and Iran. No, this is not necessarily an Iran headline. This is really coming out here. Crowd strike is getting pulverized. And then really, it’s also Broadcom. Broadcom hitting to the downside is going to pull down all of the rest of your semiconductors. SOXL, AMD, uh, Micron, you’re getting little pullbacks right now as Broadcom’s earnings just came out. So, I’m going to take advantage of this pullback that we’re getting right now. 752 was my target for this pullback. Uh, alerts are going off here. 752 is my target on this pullback, guys. So, we’re locking in some profits right here on our futures short. Sure, we’re short MEES from earlier today.
All right, there we are. All right, so we just got it off. So there is another piece of profit there on that position. So really nicely done, guys. That was just a quick little drop there right off of Broadcom’s earnings. Uh members of your trade. I mean, this was not how I, you know, usually start my live streams, but I wasn’t um, you know, it is a position that I’m already in. And 752 on the spy was our target and we just fell right down into 752. So, guys, congrats, man. Congrats on that. That’s not really the the reason for this live stream. This live stream we’re going to be talking about, you know, I’ll I’ll talk to you guys about the position. I’ll talk to you guys about the trade. I am I am short futures. I’m down to small size at this point. I’m short from 7611. Um, and we just had a a really nice drop there that took us all the way down to the 7550s. Um, let me take a quick little peek here, guys. Hold on one second. Let me just go through some of these levels here. We just got to 7551 on futures and that take us that took us right into 75225 on the spy. Um, and like I said, 752 was the target. All right, 752 was the target. So that’s why I just took another piece of profit off there. If you guys go, I’ll take you to a 15-inute chart here real quick and just show you the support zone that I was looking at. It’s pretty straightforward. This is a 15-minute chart just to clean it up so you guys can see it more easily. There’s a nice little pivot top. When you broke above that on the 28th last Thursday, it became support and then you got the extension followed through to the upside. So, we took a short here in the markets this morning. 7611 uh 75 761125 was the fill on futures and my target was right here on the spy. If you were trading spy options, the target was right into that 752 zone and we just hit that right, excuse me, we just hit that right now.
Okay. Um, sorry, I was just reading some stuff. So, that was the target. So, that is our support level. Um, and we just reached it. So, I wasn’t expecting it, but when my targets are reached, guys, I I go ahead and I I react, right? It doesn’t matter if my targets are reached in 3 seconds, 3 minutes, 3 hours, or 3 days. when the targets are reached, you act and you take profit. You stick to the game plan. That’s what we just did. We have a lot to talk about and cover here on this live stream. We got CrowdStrike earnings. We’ve got Broadcom earnings. Um I’ve got two positions that I’m in. One of them obviously you already know of. And then I want to talk to you guys about the SpaceX IPO. I’ve been getting a lot of questions. Yes, I am live. Steve Maloo says, “Are you live?” Yes, I am live.
Okay. Yes, I am live. Okay. Um, I’ve been getting a lot of questions about the SpaceX IPO and a lot of people are asking me what I’m going to be doing about it. Um, so I want to talk to you guys about the SpaceX IPO. And then I also want to go over and talk about how I think the markets are going to react to three of the largest IPOs that we’ve ever had in history between SpaceX, Anthropic, and Open AAI. You guys have to understand the valuations of SpaceX, Anthropic, and Open AI. Those three companies together are larger than all of the IPOs from 1995 to 1999 during the do bubble. They’re larger than all of those IPOs. And there are some things that are being changed on the indexes to get SpaceX into the and it’s not just SpaceX. It’s going to be for Anthropic. It’s going to be for OpenAI. But there’s some things that are being changed to get those companies into the indexes sooner and quicker. And you have to um because these companies are so large and market caps you’re not used to seeing it’s not normal to see a company IPO at a trillion dollar north market cap companies used to go public earlier to do a really big capital raise to help them grow and um to raise capital and do whatever it is that they need to do. Now you’re seeing companies stay private for far longer. Companies are staying private for a decade, two decades before they actually are going public. And they’re doing a lot of capital raises before they actually do go public. Like OpenAI has raised, I think, $120 something billion dollars already. Enthropic is raising over hundred billion dollars. These companies have basically already IPOed, but just through the private markets. So these are far more mature and far larger companies that are now coming to market with these insane valuations. And the IPOs themselves, the money that’s being raised is the largest that we’ve ever seen. SpaceX is going to raise $75 billion on the IPO. That is by far the largest IPO ever in history. But that that money has to come from somewhere. That capital that’s going to go into the Anthropic IPO, the OpenAI IPO, the SpaceX IPO, that money has to come from somewhere. And what we have seen a lot of times in the past is if history was to, you know, show us anything is that a lot of times a a tsunami of IPO supply coming to the market is enough to cool off a trade that has overheated. And as we look around now, listen, I’m not I’m not a doomsdayer. I’m not telling you the market’s going to crash. I am still bullish, okay? I am still very heavily invested. But and I think this bold market can last another one and a half to two years. But in the very very near term, I have grown increasingly cautious. The markets are overbought. They’re overextended by many metrics. But just because markets are overextended doesn’t mean that they have to turn around right away. They have to pull back. They have to crash or they can’t continue higher. Me telling you that I’m growing increasingly cautious, which is why I put shorts on in the market today, doesn’t necessarily mean that I’m calling a top. Okay? Okay, I wish I was good enough to tell you the exact day that the market’s going to just turn and that’s going to be the complete change in the trend. But we are overbought. We are overextended. And it is possible that the supply that’s going to come to market through SpaceX, through Anthropic, through OpenAI could finally be enough to kind of absorb the rest of the exuberant buying pressure that you’re seeing in the in the AI trade. And that could be enough to cool that trade off, make all of these IPO, these uh excuse me, these AI stocks pull back a little bit and then therefore the whole market can pull back a little bit and that would be incredibly healthy. I’m not telling you the markets are going to crash, but I am telling you that I think we are overextended to the point where over the course of the next several weeks, I am looking for a pullback in the market. Now, to be fair, full transparency, as I always am, I tried a short on the market yesterday. It didn’t work. I lost money yesterday, but I stuck with the idea. I got a really great setup on it today with fantastic riskreward and we were able to pull out like a 5 to1 six to1 on the short today. Made way more money today than it is than we lost on the trade yesterday. And that’s what trading is really all about. You got to make more money when you’re right than you lose when you’re wrong. And a lot of inexperienced traders do the exact opposite. They’ll make a little bit of money when they’re right, but they lose a lot of money when they’re wrong. You’re never going to be consistently profitable that way. You’ve got to make more when you’re right than you lose when you’re wrong. Now, whether that means losing less when you’re wrong or making more when you’re right depends on the individual trader and the struggles that you have. Some people it’s both, but one is a riskmanagement issue on the risk side. Getting proper position size, sticking to your stop losses. The other is if you’re selling out of your winners too soon, then that’s a matter of emotional discipline and, you know, fear. You’re in a trade, it’s starting to work. You see, you’re like, “Oh man, I’m up 500 bucks. This is great. The stock starts to pull back. you’re only up 300. You panic. You’re like, “Oh man, I was just up five. Now I’m only up three. I better just get out now before the trade goes red. 300 is better than nothing.” You get out and then two hours later you would have been up 800 if you stayed in the trade. Right? That’s happened to everybody. Um you guys know exactly what it is I’m talking about. Some of you probably feel like I’m speaking directly to you. And it’s not that I’m I’m speaking directly to you. It’s just that we have 11,000 members in True Trading Group. I have spoken to tens of thou well I haven’t spoken to but we’ve had tens of thousands of traders come through
connection.
Am I still here? Did you lose me? We’re good. Brett, I think I just lost connection. Yeah, I think I just I don’t know if it was just on my end, but I just I lost my my connection flickered there for a little bit. So, sorry about that, guys. But we’re back. Um, so yeah, you know, emotional discipline, you guys, you know, exiting winners too soon. All of these things are things that, um, a lot of, you know, inexperienced traders really struggle with. So, we can talk about all that stuff another time. I want to focus on earnings from Crowd Strike, earnings from Broadcom, and I want to talk about SpaceX. Um, so for those of you that are new to the stream, if you guys are unfamiliar with myself or who I am, why you should listen to anything it is that I discuss on this channel, my name is Michael Edward Baronati. I go by Michael Edward. I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group. TTG is a fintech platform that has a whole trading ecosystem of tools, resources, data, and analytics for retail traders that give them an actual edge over other traders that don’t have access to these things. We received the Benzinga Fintech Award for best AI analysis tool. We have partnerships with the NASDAQ, OpenAI, DataBento, Benzinga, Trading View, and Unusual Wales to build out the tools that we have on our platform that give our traders an advantage and an edge over others. We have trade plan generators where you can type in the stock or the option or futures contract or the crypto that you want to trade. And it can give you, you know, a complete detailed trading plan with confidence score on entry, profit targets, and stop-loss for the trading style that you want. day trade, swing trade, long-term investment, scalp. You choose whatever trading style you want. It’ll go through, it’ll give you a full detailed trading plan. It’s got about a 71 or 72% win rate on that tool right now with over 450,000 trading plans generated by our members. That’s just one tool that we have on on True Trading Group. We have an AI charting software that is AI completely integrated into the system. We have the level three data where we can monitor institutional order flow. We have an active trader mode trading assistant that you can actually connect your brokerage on to that can actually trade plans for you while you’re busy and while you’re at work. So many different things that you guys have access to on the TG platform that we call the TDG terminal really which like the Bloomberg terminal but for retail traders. It’s the reason why so many of our members are successful. And by successful I literally mean our members make money, right? That’s why we have 11,000 members from 114 different countries. And that’s why members stay with True Training Group at a retention rate of around 75% because they have success when they come here. And don’t just believe me because I say that members of True Training Group that are on this live, do me a favor, type the number one in chat right now if you guys are making money and if you’re becoming better traders because of TTG. Prospector goes, “Lit, I’ve been here for years.” There you go. So, type the number one if you guys are making money. If you’re becoming better traders, go ahead and type the number one in chat right now. The people that are not members, pay very close attention to how many people you see type number one inside chat. These people are literally were literally you just a viewer on a live stream. Then they decided they were going to join your training group. They listened to me speak for an hour, hour and a half on a live and were like, you know what, I’m going to join this group. They saw members telling them that they’re having success. Maybe they like the analysis that I gave. They like the way that I taught. Whatever it was, they were like the the nononsense, no sugar coating, fully transparent, you know, open book that that I am when I come on here and I talk. I don’t know. Whatever it was, whatever it was, they decided to join and now they’re sitting here telling you that they’re making money. And then at the end of the day, that is all that matters. That’s why we’re here. You guys are here to make money. So, those of you that are not members, okay, before I get into CrowdStrike, Broadcom earnings, and we’re going to talk about the SpaceX IPO, for those of you that are new and you are not members, you guys can actually try all of our tools and you can get unrestricted access to the True Trading Group platform for 90 days for just 90 where it’s our new trial that we’re doing at True Trading Group. We’re saying the hell with an annual membership. Don’t join an annual membership. No annual commitment, no larger price. Just go to trueraininggroup.com990.
You can use our entire suite of tools, make money with them, then we’ll talk about an annual membership.
This is not a trust me, bro. I want you to actually use them. Reboot Jones goes, I did a trial membership and I found out this is legit. I’m a lifetime member now. Reeb Jones, I hope you’re doing well, brother. That’s the that’s that’s the way that we operate here in TTG. I don’t want you to just trust me. I don’t want you to take my word for it. I want you to actually use the system, use the tools, join the community, okay? Follow some of our professional traders that are mods inside TTG. Make money with us over the course of those 90 days and then the annual membership, your me your trial pays for itself. Pays for the annual membership. That’s the deal. Because if our if our tools are good enough, which I believe that they are, apparently, so does Benzinga for awarding us with the Benzinga Fintech Award for best AI analysis tool. So does the 11,000 members that we have from 114 different countries. I believe that our tools are good enough. If they are good enough, you should be able to come use them, make money with them, and then decide, “Wow, this is fantastic. I never want to trade without this stuff ever again. I’m going to join an annual membership.” And that’s the bet that we are going to make because we stand behind behind the platform that we’ve created. So all you need to do is go to trueraining.com990.
Everything on that page is going to be included for 90 days for just 90 bucks. That’s $1 a day. Make money with us over the course of your 90 days. And then we’ll talk about you becoming an annual membership. Okay, fair enough. If you have any questions, you guys can send us a text message. Don’t hesitate. There’s a phone number right at the bottom of your screen. It is 1888-621-2127. Again, it is 1888-621-2127 right down there at the bottom of your screen. You guys can go ahead and text that number with any questions, concerns, comments, you need clarity on something, you need help signing up, whatever, text that number. We’ll help you out any way that we possibly can. All right, beautiful. Fantastic. Come out, check out the tools, use them, join the group, see what we’re all about. All right. Yeah, let’s put that link in chat there. Brett, can we put that link in chat? We got HC Goldberg says, “Can you put that link in chat?” HC, we got you, brother. It’s coming coming your way right now.
Brett’s going to drop that link right inside chat for you guys now. All right. Right. So again, anyone that’s not a member, I invite you to come use the tools, see what the fuss is all about, make money with us, and then we’ll talk about you becoming an annual member if you so choose. Okay? That’s how we put our money where our mouth is. All right? So Brett’s going to drop that link inside the chat so you guys can uh can click on it there or you can just go to trueraininggroup.com990
or send a text message with questions to 1888-621-2127.
Yo Rhino, what’s up brother? Hope you’re doing well, man. Longtime member, very helpful tools and community. Plus they teach you how to trade with great courses. That’s the basis for learning, says my boy Rhino. So there’s the link HC Goldberg. Uh we just posted it right there inside chat and anybody else click on that link. You guys can join us for our trial for 90 days. Okay. Now let’s get into the content here that I want to go over the stream. In case you guys are just joining us, I just took profit off on a short that we currently have on futures. Okay, we shorted futures at 761125 earlier this morning. We have just taken more profits off on that position as we just fell to 7551 at the low. Um but we took some profit off here at into 7557 because this is a support zone. All right. And right now I have well my futures are on a different I can only share one screen at a time with you guys. But what you have right here on this screen that you guys are seeing right now is the chart of the spy and this is 752. This is the support level that we were focusing on today. This was the target for our short trade and we just reached it here in the after hours session. That’s why we just took profits off on futures. Okay, so that’s what that’s what just took place there. If you guys are just tuning in or if you’re just getting caught back up, that’s what we have. I also have another position that I’m in. Um it’s smaller size though at this time because we’ve already taken profit as well. The futures position is also smaller size. I’ve taken profits off like four or five times already on the trade. So, that’s down to small size, but I’m still in it. And then you have Alphabet. Again, this is also smaller size, but I am I am still in it. So, as long as these positions are open, I will obviously let you guys know what I’m doing with them. I’m looking to see if we can break 358 on Alphabet. I think the stock falls to 351 352. I am short from 36350. Okay, I’m short from 36350. We shorted earlier this morning after a rejection off of previous resistance which excuse me previous support which now we were looking to act as resistance which is in the 366 to 367 zone. We took that trade we rolled over during the middle or the the late morning session and we took some profit off the table on that drop and now we’re still in it sitting here at 359. Really, I’m looking for a break of 358, which is today’s low and yesterday’s low. And if that breaks, you fall into a gap. I’ll take it to a daily chart. You fall into a gap that takes you down into the 50-day moving average. So, you guys can see this huge gap up that we had on the last trading day of April, right? This was April 30th, the huge gap up that creates this open gap. And this dark blue line you see on my screen is the 50-day moving average. that 50-day moving average lines up right at the gap bill. So, I’m looking for us to fall right down into this area. Okay, I’m looking for Alphabet to get right down into here probably tomorrow or by Friday. And that’s going to be where I’m going to take my final profit off on the short again. I’m short from 36350. Okay, so those are positions that I currently do. Oh, and I still have a runner open on TE, which I’ve been in for like two weeks. Um, but again, that’s also a small size. So, I’m not in full position on anything. These are just updates on trades. If you guys have been following me for the last couple of weeks, then you know that I’m I’ve been in TE for a while. Uh, we took puts up there at 12. We’re down to runner status. U, but I do have those positions. I just want to update you guys on those. Okay, fantastic. Let’s move on. Crowd Strike. Okay, the cyber security names have gone absolutely bonkers. Okay, these cyber security names have gone absolutely bonkers, but they’re getting beaten up a little bit after their earnings. Okay, so let’s go through and let’s talk about some earnings. Let’s see Broadcom.
Trying to see if I can go through and just get these. Okay, here we go. Here’s Crowd Strike, guys. Couch revenues were 1.39 billion. Analysts were expecting 1.36. Earnings per share were a$110. Analysts were expecting a$17. They see full year fisc 20. Okay. Full year 2027 revenue 5.94 billion to 5.91 billion. That is a beat. And they’re going to be doing a 41 stock split. That’s nice. So they’re going to do a 4 for one stock split.
That’s nice.
The 990 site doesn’t work. When you put country as United States, you cannot put in the state for billing in the form. Mark City, could you do me a favor, brother? Mark City and honestly, anybody else that’s having an issue with the 9090 site. So, Mark City and anybody else having an issue, just shoot us a text message and we can get you set up manually. If there’s an issue with the site, just send a text to 1888-621-2127.
Again, the phone number is right at the bottom of the screen. 1888-621-2127. Mark, just text that number, brother, and we’ll get you we’ll get you hooked up. Okay. All right. We’re moving back down towards lows, guys, right now. This is a key level, 752. I like the short here, and we’re we’re going to stay on it. See what happens here tomorrow.
All right. So that is those are the sales those are the the numbers there for crowd strike. Um all above these are all above analyst expectations. They didn’t miss on anything.
They beat Crowdstrike literally beat on everything and the stock still down 12% today. I just think this is a situation of a you know PaloAlto is very similar. PaloAlto, these cyber security names have had such huge rallies. And this is the thing about earnings. I really don’t like when a company rallies this hard going into its earnings print because even when they have really good earnings, sometimes it turns into a profit taking event. And that’s what I believe is happening on Crowd Strike. That’s what I believe happened on PaloAlto. The earnings were fantastic. This is not a this is not a matter of, oh my god, they had really bad earnings, the stock is tanking. This is just a matter of the stock was $460 one month ago and it was just at $780 yesterday. Okay, that’s what this is. This thing went from $460 to 780 in one month. Then they report earnings. Maybe the earnings are fantastic. The stock gives you a pullback. So they literally raised their fullear outlook. They forecasted revenue uh and earnings per share above analyst expectations. Their guidance for the second quarter was also ahead of estimates. It’s just a matter of I just think it’s profit taking on a stock that has had a massive run to the upside. That’s really that’s what I think you have there on Crowd Strike. So, we’ll talk about some levels on Crowd Strike and where we can look for maybe to to place some trades, but let’s also talk about let’s talk about Broadcom, okay? because Broadcom also had earnings and obviously Broadcom is very important to the AI trade here as it’s impacting SOXL. It’s impacting a lot of your other a lot of your other semiconductor names. So, let’s go through here. Broadcom sees third quarter revenue about 29.4 billion. Analysts were expecting 28.6. Uh adjusted earnings per share 244. Analysts expecting 239. Net revenue 22.19 billion. Analysts expecting 22.13 semiconductor revenue 15 billion analysts expecting 14.65 infrastructure software revenue 7.18 analyst expecting 7.23. So again not a bad earnings report either for Broadcom.
It’s not a bad report either. The stock is still down 7% on the day. Why? Well, most likely because the stock has had a massive run since the April bottom and I just think that the you know the stock was 420 last week. It shot all the way to 500 and now you release these earnings and the stock drops back down to 450. I just think these are this is profit taking on these names. Guys, we do have a new low break right now coming in here on the spy 752. This is going to be the this is going to be the support level. All right. Now, listen. Those of you that are following me on this short, if you are still short with me here on futures, okay, if you guys are still short with me here, I already took profit right here at this level on that initial drop. So, I’m not taking profit here again. I am holding this position overnight. The next support level that we will target if we are able to break 752. This level’s not yet broken. It’s being tested. There’s a very big difference. So, when a level is tested, we take profits at it. And then if it breaks, we then sit back and hold. This support level is about $1 wide. 751 to 752 is your the width of your support level. So you’re not going to we’re not going to consider this level broken until we break underneath 750. Levels support and resistance are not finite prices. They are areas. They are zones. The more volatile the stock, the wider those zones are. It’s our job as traders to determine how wide a level is so we can make a determination of whether a level’s broken or whether the level is still being tested. That’s a very important piece. Okay. If you are someone that shorts a stock and it immediately reverses and goes the other way, or you go long a stock and it immediately reverses and goes the other way, it is most likely because you are thinking a level is broken and you’re getting into a trade thinking it’s broken. It’s actually not. And you’re actually buying the depths of the level. If you had a resistance level at 100, but the the resistance level was a dollar wide, meaning 100 to 101. The stock shoots to 1017, excuse me, stock shoots to 175 and you’re like, “Ah, the $100 level’s broken.” You go long at 175, it hits 186, then drops to 97 and you’re like, “What the hell just happened?” It’s because you think the level’s broken, but really you’re just testing the depths of the level. And when that level does not break because you’re you’re you’re getting long so deep into resistance that it’ll reverse right back off of that. And then you feel like you’re getting stopped out the second you get into a trade. If that happens to you or to the short side, you say, “Oh, $50 is support, but maybe that the level’s a dollar wide. It drops to $49.65 and you’re like, “Ah, this level’s broken.” You go short at 4975 and the stock pops at 52 and you’re like, “What the hell?” It’s because you think a level’s broken, but it’s not. It’s being tested. This is a very, very crucial piece of technical analysis that a lot of traders get wrong. They think support and resistance are just a finite price, and when that price is broke, it’s all co the coast is clear. That’s not the case. This buy can drop all the way to 751 and it can still bounce back and that support level will have held. After we break 751, then I will say this level is broken. We target 748 for the next support. So, we’re going to look at if you’re looking at my screen right now, okay, follow me. Here’s your resistance highs of the day from the 22nd, right? And then when you get into the 26th, so last that was Tuesday because the markets are closed on Monday. You can see support. I don’t know why it’s grabbing it’s grabbing that that moving average. Let me delete that. I don’t want you thinking that’s the support because it’s not
there. Okay. And then you’ll also see so double bottom lows of the day on the 26th and then you’ll also see double bottom low of the day on the 27th and previous resistance highs on the 22nd. So that is a very key level that if we can break this support zone that should be our next target. So we are short this right now. Futures are 7544. We are short from 7611. So this is a this is a big trade for us right now guys. Okay this is what 60 70 point trade right now and we’re looking for a little bit more. We were only risking like 14 points on the trade. We’re already up like 70. So, this is working out to be a really solid trade for us. All right. So, congratulations all of our members that are on this. Now, some people followed me on options. Some people took um put options, the 757 put that expires tomorrow. Um obviously, you you can’t take profit right now if you’re on the option, but if you’re trading futures with me, you guys can. And this is a support zone, so I would absolutely be taking some profit right here. I did just a m just a few minutes ago. So, I will be taking profits here, but we’re going to hold on to some in case we get some follow through tomorrow. And we’re going to target that 748 level on the spy. All right. Bada bing, bada boom, everybody’s good. Fantastic. So, let’s go back um to Crowd Strike and Broadcom because let’s talk about some trade ideas here. um now that we’re getting this pullback and then listen, I came into the day today and I started this live stream by telling you I’m growing increasingly cautious, hence why I’m short today. Um but I think we might be starting a little bit of a pullback here. Um I and I think it’s necessary and we can get this thing into the 740s. All right, so it’s really what I’m trying to do. I’m trying to get this into the 740s. We’ll see over the course of the next couple of days. We’ll see if we can get there. All right, but let’s go over to Crowd Strike. I think the stock needs to relax. I think it needs to, you know, I I think we need to consolidate a little bit. I think that this has been just an epic rally. Um, you know, I mean, just if you draw Fibonacci levels off of this, you just pulled back right into the right into your 236 fib level. And then here’s your support against these previous highs. So, this level is support right here. 675 is support. maybe try to bounce off of that, but a bounce off of that I do think puts in a lower high off of this high of the day that was put in there on Monday. And I do think a deeper pullback is is underway here. I think we’re going to be looking at a pullback to like 640. Uh not tomorrow, but maybe over the course of the next couple of days. I think you might try to bounce off 675 and then look for a lower high maybe up into the low 700s and then we can drop down into the 640s. That’s what I think we’re going to see. And then for Broadcom, Broadcom, you probably get a bounce here off of this 435440. This is a previous, you know, month-long consolidation, previous all-time high. You broke through it last week, extended at the beginning of this week, and then you just had earnings and then it just dropped right back down into retest that previous resistance zone. So for Broadcom, we’re going to look for this resistance and now start to act as support for us. 435 440 is going to be that support zone. Um, and uh, we’ll try to bounce off of that and I would say resistance 465 to 470 and then put in a lower high and then pull back down into that level again because I’m thinking the overall market might give us a little bit of a cool off. All right, so that’s kind of what I’m thinking about there with regards to Broadcom, with regards to Crowd Strike. That’s the analysis following the two biggest earnings um, of the day. All right. And then we got this this short still working on on the S&P. Okay. All right. Now, let’s move on. Let’s talk about SpaceX. How many of you are interested in the SpaceX IPO? Type the number one.
If you are interested in the SpaceX IPO,
All right. So am I. So I’m glad glad you guys are all um glad you guys are all interested in it. Um so here’s the deal.
Here’s my We’re going to talk about SpaceX.
I am going to trade SpaceX the day of the IPO, but I’m not investing in it. I will at some point I will be a very large shareholder of SpaceX because I am very bullish on space as an industry over the next 20 years. Um, but I don’t buy IPOs in my long-term portfolio, which is a rule that I have. IPOs carry a lot of hype and a lot of speculation and SpaceX is the most hyped, the most speculated IPO in history. The last time we had an IPO that was that had this much hype around it was Facebook. And that IPO went horrifically wrong. You’re talking about an IPO that opened up in the 40s and dropped all the way to $17. was horrific, but that turned out to be an amazing buying opportunity. But a lot of people got hosed and got their heads taken off during that sell off. Now, I don’t think that the SpaceX IPO pulls a Facebook, but
I’m not going to buy I’m not going to pay the premium around the hype and the speculation that’s going to be around the IPO. There will be no true price discovery on the IPO. And I’ll explain why. I want to wait for the stock to settle down. I want the hype to to fade. I want true price discovery to take place, which takes time. And I want a few quarters of earnings that I can actually see what their earnings look like and we can try to get a real value on the company. um where at least we can know, you know, what multiple we’re paying for, you know, for for what future earnings growth and everything else. So, I probably won’t buy this for like a year. Um, you know, maybe 6 months at least. I I like to wait at least for a couple of earnings reports, maybe two or three earnings reports before I consider buying something in my long-term portfolio. But I will trade the crap out of this thing the day of the IPO. And I’m going to only look for a potential long on the IPO. Let me explain why. Coming into something like a SpaceX IPO, I don’t think that you should I don’t think that you should say, “Oh, I’m going to look for a long. I’ll look for a short. See what happens.” Because there’s going to be so much liquidity. There’s going to be so much volume and volatility and there’s going to be such whiplash moves that I think you really have to just stick to your guns and look for one setup. And if you see it, pounce on it. And if you don’t see it, leave it alone. I don’t think it’s gonna be I don’t think it’s going to be a way for you to look at something be like, “Oh, this looks like a good long.” And then all of a sudden you’re like, “Oh, wait. This looks like a short.” And you’re gonna try you’re going to try to flip-flop and play it both ways. I think you’re going to get yourself spun around if you do that. I think you’re better off saying, “I’m only going to look long and then you wait till you see a long setup and then go after it. And if you see short setups, just don’t trade it.” I think you’re going to do better that way. There are some things about the SpaceX IPO that make me believe that this stock really could fly off of its IPO and I’ll explain to you what these are. There’s a lot of things that are happening with the SpaceX IPO that are unusual or that are uncommon rather I should say. So first Elon Musk is giving a pretty large allocation to retail. That’s not normal. Most IPOs are strictly handed off to the institutions, the big banks, and your your hedge funds. And retail really doesn’t have an opportunity to buy the stock until it actually opens for trade. So what typically takes place is a company IPOs, let’s say, for $60 a share. And all the hedge funds and the banks and you know, they all the institutions, they all buy shares at 60. But then there’s demand, there’s high demand for the IPO. So the day that the stock actually starts trading, it opens up at 72. at when it opens up at 72, all your hedge funds and all your institutions, they’re already up money because they bought in, right? They’re up 20% already because they bought in at 60. It opened up at 72, so they’re already up $12 a share. And retail buys it at 72. The stock pulls back to 66. And everyone goes, “Oh, what a great IPO. The stock’s up 10%.” It IPOed at 60 and now the stock’s at 66. Everyone goes, “Well, what a great IPO. Stock’s up 10%. No, it’s not. It opened at 72. Any retail trader that bought the stock at 72 is down money. And that’s how IPOs work. And that’s how they’ve always worked. Retail gets screwed on IPOs time and time and time again. And if you look back through all of your major IPOs, and I can just go through some of these with you. you look back at some of these major IPOs and I’ve got actually I have a an image here that I want to go through with you guys. Okay, max one-year draw down. I’m going to name off for you some really really hyped up IPOs. Facebook max one-year draw down 54%. Twitter max one-year draw down 58%. Alibaba max one-year draw down 49%. Shopify 52%. Block 44%, Twilio 66%, Snapchat 56%, Spotify 46%, Lyft 79%, Zoom 40%. Crowdstrike 67, Uber 68%, Pinterest 70%, Snowflake 52%, Palanteer 47, excuse me, Palanteer 53%. Roblox 69%. Coinbase 57%. Robin Hood 90% max one-year draw down. Rivian 88% max one-year draw down. These are massive massive drawdowns following what were incredibly hyped and and really just exuberant IPOs. I remember people asking me that when when Rivian IPO, people like, “Yo, you going to buy this in your long-term portfolio?” I was like, I wouldn’t buy Rivian in my long-term portfolio on the IPO with your money, never mind my own. Sure enough, stocks down 90s something percent from its IPO. Now, I’m not saying that I think SpaceX is going to have something like that happen, but I think there is there is an effort being made here by Elon Musk for retail traders to actually make money from an IPO. And here’s why. He’s allocating a big portion to retail. So that’s less of an allocation that would go towards the institutions. If the institutions don’t get as much of an allocation as they want in the IPO, then they will be forced to buy in the open market right alongside retail. Elon Musk is also setting an IPO price of $135 a share. That is very unusual. Usually what happens on an IPO is a range is set. They’ll say, “Oh, we’re looking to IPO anywhere from 130 to 135, but they will see what the demand is actually like for the IPO. And then they could change the price of the offering. And when the stock opens for trade, the market maker that leads the IPO, it’s their job the day of the listing to match orders, match the sell orders they have from the IPO with the buy orders that they have coming in. They match orders and they will move the price of the IPO higher and open it at let’s say 150. Musk is saying he wants this to open up $135 a share. That’s going to be the IPO and he’s going to offer $135 a share to everyone participating in the IPO rather than offering a range and seeing where that demand falls. So there’s less of a chance that you get this massive gap higher where hey we say 135 and the stock opens up at 170 and retail gets caught chasing 170. Then you have the indexes that are potentially looking into changing their rules for listings. SpaceX is automatically going to be the sixth largest market cap in the NASDAQ 100. I’m sorry, it’ll be the seventh. It’ll be the seventh largest market cap in the NASDAQ 100 the day it IPOs.
So what you are seeing take place is the the NASDAQ is changing its rules for listing. It’s changing its listing requirements. Okay, that would allow SpaceX to enter the NASDAQ 100 within 15 days.
So, usually an IPO needs to wait several months before it’s able to enter the NASDAQ. NASDAQ now is telling you, we’re going to reduce that to just 15 days. And they used to have a requirement for 10% of the um the size of the float that a company needs to IPO and sell 10% of their shares in the IPO in order to qualify for the listing. So the NASDAQ is scrapping the float requirement and they are cutting the timing to just 15 days. Why is that relevant? It’s relevant because the assumption is that the second SpaceX qualifies for the NASDAQ 100 listing, it will be included in that index. That means every single index fund and every single money manager that is benchmarked or or pegged to the NASDAQ 100 must buy shares of SpaceX. And they don’t just have to buy any amount they want. They have to buy the weighted amount that SpaceX will be in the NASDAQ 100 in order for them to meet the benchmark to the NASDAQ 100 index. Well, SpaceX is not going to become the 94th company in the NASDAQ 100. They will instantly be the seventh. That’s a lot of shares that need to get bought by all of these index funds like QQQ, QQQM, QQQ. These are all index funds that are pegged to the NASDAQ 100 that will have to go and buy shares of SpaceX within a very short period of time. that buying pressure that you could see from those index funds could completely absorb and overwhelm the selling pressure that you’re going to see come from employees of SpaceX. Now, there are some of these shares that won’t have a lockup restriction. And there’s other other lockups that are being sped, they’re being fast forwarded, that are being moved forward. But the thing that’s iron, the thing that’s funny here is that the lockup period on some of these shares is being lined up with and being coordinated with index inclusions because you’re going to have the index inclusion into the NASDAQ 100. That’s going to help absorb some of the lockup. Then you’re going to have the index inclusion into the S&P. The S&P is considering reducing its six-month waiting period for inclusion. So the S&P is going to reduce it as well. So the S&P reduces it as well. Well, SpaceX then enters the S&P 500 in the top 10. So now every single index fund that tracks the S&P 500 like the SPY, VO, that’s the Vanguard, IVV, IT, Fidelity’s FX AIX. All of these index funds attract the SP500. They would have to go and buy SpaceX. So you have a situation here where it looks like this IPO is being coordinated where the lockups where the shares become free trading from insiders lines up with inclusions into these indexes that can absorb that selling pressure. That’s why I’m sitting here thinking to myself if there is an institutional bid because you know there’s going to be a retail bid. You know, every retail trader under the sun is going to buy the SpaceX IPO. We know that. But are the institutions
and you may have a scenario where because they did not get the size of the allocation they wanted in the IPO plus the forced buying pressure from indexes on the inclusion, you could have a really strong institutional bid on this stock. So any pullback gets met with an institutional bid and retail pushes it higher. It is entirely possible that SpaceX could do a $ 1.75 trillion valuation and within a few days we could be looking at a $3 trillion company.
It’s possible.
I will not chase that move in my long-term portfolio, but I will trade it. I am going to use our level three tool that we have inside of True Trading Group. Okay. I am going to use our level three tool. I am going No, no, no. Slim Tims, I know it sounds bullish, but nothing comes with no risk. Okay? Nothing comes without risk when you have IPOs that are this hyped. So historically they don’t go very well. If you did not have all of these things I just talked about with the allocation, the retail, the index funds. If none of that was true, I would be very cautious on this IPO because there’s so much hype, there’s so much excitement that I would be very fearful of this thing opens up and pulls back. But it’s because of all these other details that I’m talking about that kind of make me feel like even though this is hyped to the moon, it still might actually move higher. So, I’m going to come into the actual IPO bullish. I will only look for long setups and I’m going to use our level three data feed that we have through our partnership with the NASDAQ to identify institutional buying pressure. These are one of the tools that you guys get as a member of True Trading Group is we can actually monitor institutional order flow with our trade assistant called active trader mode. It’s a trading assistant trading co-pilot and it can monitor order flow for you. So I’m going to use that to track institutional buying pressure and institutional selling pressure. And if I see heavy institutional buying and clusters of institutional buy orders, I’m going to go after that thing long. We can have a situation where the stock opens at 135, drops to 130, and within 20 minutes it’s at 165.
I think it’s possible. Um, I’m going to look for that. But then I think now fast forward a little while. I think the supply that’s going to hit the market with SpaceX, Anthropic, and OpenAI, three of the biggest IPOs in history, I think that supply is going to be enough to cool off the AI trade. The AI trade has gotten completely parabolic. The exuberance level is just unlike anything that I have seen with, you know, Dell computers, HP, Marll. I mean, you take a look at some of these stocks and take a look at some of these charts. It’s just insane. Like, you see Dell Computers does that, Marll does that, you know, HP does that, AMD does that, Micron does that, SanDisk does that, the SMH ETF does that. You take a look at some of these, you know, and you just say to yourself, this trade is getting just I I I think this rally is getting long in the tooth. I think it’s getting a little too too exuberant. And I think that all this supply coming to the market could absorb the last of that exuberant buying pressure and finally see see these things pull back and finally see the AI excuse me finally see the AI trade take a breather and that can give us a nice pullback in the market because I think the markets are going to pull back over the course of the next several weeks. I think we can get into like the 720s 730s. I think we’re going to have a nice like 5% pullback 3 to 5% pullback sometime in the course of June. Um, I think it’s I do I really think it’s possible. And if it lines up with these IPOs June, July, sometime as we roll into the summer, I think that you’re going to have inflation data is going to test Kevin W, the new Fed, he’s going to go through his first meeting. I think the market’s going to test him. And I think that the supply hitting the markets with this with these IPOs, I think it just cools everything off. I think it’s going to cool everything off. We get a nice little pullback. And then I do think that pullback is viable as I still do remain bullish. Um, I still am heavily invested. I have trimmed a couple positions. Like I’ve trimmed Micron. I’ve trimmed Cisco. I’ve trimmed AMD. I’ve trimmed a couple positions, but I’m still very heavily invested long. And I think pullbacks that you do get, if you get a 5% pullback or something, I do think it’s a viable moment in the markets as I do still remain bullish um for for the foreseeable future. Um, but in the very near term, I am cautious. In the very near term, I have flipped to bearish. Um, and I’m looking now for a pullback over the course of the next couple of weeks. Okay, so that’s where I’m at. That’s my analysis on the overall markets right now. I’m short futures. I’m also short Alphabet. Um, right now small positions on both. I’ve taken a lot of profit off, but I’m still in them. I will look to reload um if I am right. We should get the spot into the 740s possibly tomorrow. Okay? If not tomorrow, maybe by Friday. All right? But that’s what I’m going to be looking for. All right? Now again, listen, those of you that are not members of True Trading Group, you guys can come check out the platform unrestricted, complete full access, you know, come into chat, get the alerts, trade with the mods, use all of our AI tools, use all the resources on the platform. All you got to do is go to trueradinggroup.com990.
You guys can go there. Everything on that page is included. It’s 90 days for 90 bucks. It’s $1 a day. The way that I look at it is I believe so strongly in our platform’s ability to help you guys to make money. We let you try it for 90 days and make money. Make money with us and then we’ll talk about you becoming an annual member. It’s kind of our we put our money where our mouth is. I’m going to let you guys join for just a dollar a day and use our AI tools. We’re going to lose money on you because our the AI is usage based. We’re it’s going to cost us a lot more than $1 a day for you. But that’s okay. We don’t mind doing that because I feel if you use these tools, you’re going to make money with them and you’re not going to want to trade without them. And then you’re going to become a member of True Trading Group for the long run. That’s the way that I look at it. So again, trueing.com990.
You have any questions, just text us. Phone number’s at the bottom of your screen. 18886212127.
Any questions, text us there. We’ll help you guys up and help you out any way that we can. All right, that’s it, guys. Have a wonderful rest of your evening. Thanks for tuning in. Smash that like button. Show some love. Let’s see if we can get 748 on the spy tomorrow. That will be my next take profit. We are currently sitting 751 and a half. My next take profit is 748. We’ll see if we get there tomorrow. Have a great night, folks. Let’s go Knicks. Take care, folks.
-
06/12/2026 – True Trading Group – Stop Buying the Dip! The Real Reason the Stock Market is Crashing
Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome, welcome to the True Training Group live stream. Hope you all had a wonderful weekend and are ready to get down to business. This is going to be a really big week. You got all of your inflation data this week. Last week was all about jobs. This week is all about inflation. Now, before we get this live stream started tonight, I want to make sure that you guys understand what took place on Friday. Now, on Friday, the NASDAQ experienced the largest point decline in a single day ever in history. We had a 4% decline on the NASDAQ. We had about a 3% decline on the S&P. and the trap door just completely opened up and we had a huge bull trap on Thursday that got wiped out with the gap down Friday and the market just sold off literally the entire day. It was a straight selloff the entire day and if you guys have been on my live stream, look at this straight to the downside. You got one bounce attempt and it was at 3:30 in the afternoon and that bounce attempt quickly failed in the after hours session. Um, so now if you guys have been following this YouTube channel for the last I don’t know what two weeks I think probably fair to say, then you would know that I have been becoming increasingly more cautious about the extent of this market rally being incredibly long in the tooth. Um, I’m not just saying this, this isn’t just like, oh, trust me, but you can go back and watch all my live streams if you’re new here. If you’re new here, I totally get it. you haven’t heard me say any of these things in the past, but for those that have been on these these live streams for the last two weeks, you know that I’ve been becoming increasingly more cautious of the markets, the current rally that the market has been in because we have been so incredibly overbought and so overextended that a pullback was bound to happen. And I think it is very healthy. I think it’s very needed. And I know a huge down day like you experienced there on Friday gets a lot of people nervous. Gets a lot of people scared. You see a huge red number in your long-term portfolios. You you open up your X account and your whole feed is just people with their hair on fire just running around going absolutely crazy. I get it, right? Nobody likes to see their long-term portfolios go down. But the good news here is, ladies and gents, if you guys are on the stream, it’s not the only way for you guys to make money. Markets don’t have to go up in order for you to make money. Okay? We took a short on futures last week in the middle of the week. It ended up working out really, really well for us. Made a bunch of money on the downside. Okay? And I’m sitting here now today telling you that for the last two months, if you’ve been on this YouTube channel, you’ve heard me say all these things many times before. If you’ve been on this YouTube channel for the last couple of months, we’ve been in a buy the pullback into support mentality. And I’m telling you guys now that I’m switching that mentality over the course of probably the next couple of weeks into a shorting bounces into resistance. What we’re going to talk about today on this live stream is where do I think this market pullback ends? How bad do I think that it’s going to get? Is this a buy the dip scenario and we go right back to all-time highs? Is this a correction or is this a start of a full-blown stock market crash? I’m going to answer that question for you guys here tonight. I’m also going to share with you the exact levels that I’m looking at on the markets, on the spy, on the cues for where I plan on reloading on that short position. We took a short there on the futures on Wednesday, okay? But we have a just huge sell off obviously. Now, we’re looking to say where can we reload on this position. I’m going to go over that with you in detail. I’m also going to share with you a couple of individual stocks that are on my watch list to start off the week. It’s going to be a crazy week. Okay, if you are new to this live stream, you’re new to this YouTube channel, just thank the Lord above that you kind of logged on here this evening instead of watching Netflix or doing something else. The Knicks don’t play tonight. Sorry, San Antonio fans. The Knicks don’t play tonight, so you have no excuse otherwise. Okay, so we’re going to talk about all this today on this live stream and we’re going to really talk about how we can make money from this insane sell-off that we just experienced and the volatility that is coming with it because volatility is through the roof. Okay, so welcome everyone that is new to the channel. My name is Michael Edward Pinati. I go by Michael Edward. I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group. I’m happy to have you guys all with us tonight. You have to understand that True Trading Group, we are not just a chat room with courses and trade alerts. Yes, we have those things. Yes, they’re fantastic. But True Trading Group is a fintech platform that is built out that teach terminal, which is a suite of AI tools uh and ecosystem for retail traders that really gives them an edge and advantage over other retail traders that simply don’t have access to these things. Bloomberg Terminal is the, you know, the the end all beall when it comes to financial and trading software. every single professional, every hedge fund, they have Bloomberg terminals. Retail usually doesn’t have them because they’re 30 grand a year. Okay? But we have developed what we call the TD terminal, which is a platform with tools, resources, data, analytics that can actually help you guys improve your trading statistics with, you know, improved accuracy and improved consistency. Right? We are very proud to be powered by our partners over at the NASDAQ, Benzinga, OpenAI, Databento, and Unusual Wales. We’ve actually also received the Benzinga fintech award for best AI analysis tool. Okay, so we’re going to get into all of this with you guys here um today. So you guys, like I said, if you guys are new to the channel, welcome each and every single one of you. Glad to have you guys all here with us tonight. Now, why would you listen to anything it is that I have to say? It’s another really great question. Who is this guy? Um I don’t think you guys should listen to me just because I have a cool painting that hangs over my head. I don’t think you should listen to me because I’m claimed to be the world’s greatest trader. I’m a damn good one. I’ve been doing this 19 and a half years. Um, but I’m not the world’s greatest. I don’t think that’s why you should pay attention to what I say. Um, I didn’t have to figure this stuff out on my own. Okay? I began my trading career working at T3 Alpha Fund in New York City. Was my first job right out of college and they had me go through a training program before they ever let me touch $1 of the firm’s money. And then shortly after that, you had great the great recession, 2008, the huge stock market crash. But that’s also the same year that I received one of the firm’s trader of the year awards. Now you fast forward, I’m the co-founder and head trader of TTG along with my team of seven other professional full-time trading mods that share their screen and share with you live each and every single day and an over 30 person staff. We’ve helped thousands of members from all over the world reach their goals. So True Training Group is a community of around 11,000 members from all over the world. We have members in 114 different countries. Truly a global community here, okay? We trade stocks, we trade options, crypto, and futures. We day trade, we swing trade, we scalp. We also cover long-term portfolio investing. So, there’s literally something for everybody here at True Trading Group. All the different professional traders that are on it, they all have different trading styles, whether it be futures, whether it be swing trading, whether it be scalping, whether it be day trading, whether options, whether it be stocks, small caps, large caps. We all have our own niche. Um, and our members get to trade alongside us each and every single day. We talk to them on the microphone, give them our analysis live. We share our screens. You guys get to watch us trade, follow our alerts if you so choose, which is a fantastic idea because the mods and I collectively as a group I’m able to maintain a cumulative win rate on all of our executions of just around 80% now going on Buffy the last five or six years. We track everything, every entry, every take profit, every stop loss. It’s all right there on our website for you guys to see. Fully transparent. We are an open book. the good, the bad, the ugly, the red, the green, the break evens, it’s all there for everybody to see, okay? All that data and everything is there for you guys. Like I said, we are completely fully transparent. All right, so again, if you guys are new to the channel, welcome. Subscribe, smash that like button, show some love, turn on your notifications, make sure you guys never miss out on any of these live streams because we’re dropping golden nuggets on a regular basis. Okay, now quick show of hands, and it’s okay. be honest. Type the number one if Friday got you a little scared. If Friday got you guys a little nervous, okay? Go ahead and type the number one inside chat right now. And it’s okay. Be honest. It’s totally fine. If it’s if it’s got you worried, if it’s got you nervous, I want you guys to go ahead right now and type in one inside chat. I just want to see I just want to see how many people were were were nervous after seeing how far the markets declined there on Friday.
Don’t be shy. Don’t be embarrassed, right? Don’t be nervous or anything like that, okay? It’s totally normal to see the markets go down as much as they did and for it to scare you a little bit. Completely normal. But what I am here to explain to each and every single one of you is yes, I’m going to tell you where I think this this goes to, right? Like, is this the start of something much much bigger? Is it the start of something just a little bit bigger? or is it just a complete blip on the radar? I’m gonna tell you exactly what I think. But before I tell you exactly what I think, I want you to understand that you had a stock market that has gone straight up for two months. And during the course of those two months, you had nothing more than a three-day pullback. And that 3-day pullback, let me actually delete all these lines. since I was doing this earlier for you guys, but I’ll I’ll go through it in real time. And that 3-day pullback was right there. That is the extent of the market pullback that we had over the course of two months, ever since the markets bottomed on March 30th and took us all the way back up to a fresh new all-time high up there around 760. Now, as you can see, as I drew out my Fibonacci retracement levels, as massive of a sell-off as we experienced on Friday, we are still not even at the 236 Fibonacci retracement level from this measured move. And this is your new measured move. Okay? You now have this swing low down here, okay, from March 30th. You draw that back up all the way to the all-time high. And that’s how you draw your Fibonacci retracement levels on this measured move. This pullback has not even taken you back to the 236 fib level. And if you can go all the way back down to the 50 Fibonacci level and that takes you back to the previous all-time high from 20 from earlier this year from January and February. So there is so much more room to the downside here without the markets looking incredibly weak. You can have such a deeper pullback from what we experienced on Friday and it would still just be a regular run-of-the-mill pullback. And I think that you are going to see a deeper pullback. I do not believe that this is going to be a similar scenario like you had back here in the middle of May where you had this little tiny 3-day pullback and within less than one week we were back to an all-time high. Right? With less than one week, four trading days, you’re back to an all-time high after this minor little three-day pullback. I do not believe that that is what we are going to see. However, I do believe that you are going to get some type of a bounce attempt off of the support level that I’m about to go over in just a moment. I do think you’re going to get a little bit of a bounce off that area. And then once we get that bounce, I will be looking to reload and re-enter short positions on S&P on the NASDAQ, whatever it is. If you’re looking at SPY put options or QQQ put options or if you’re actually shorting NQ or MNQ futures or ES or MEES S&P futures, whatever it is that you trade, right? We do all of Trading Group. We have puts, we have, I’m excuse, we have options, we have futures, we have equities, we have everything. Okay? So, it’s really your personal preference. Okay? We have a dedicated entire dedicated chat room just to futures trading. Okay? And then we have another chat room that’s stocks and options, right? So, it’s really just depends on what your whatever floats your boat, whatever it is. Okay. So, that’s what I’m that’s what I think and I think you should be prepared for the market to give you more of a pullback. It’s not healthy for the markets to go I know everyone loves it when the markets go up for two months straight, but it’s not healthy for the markets to do that when you’re looking at some of these moves that you saw in Marell just because Marll went up like 30 something% just because the CEO of an entirely different company said he thinks this is going to be a trillion dollar market cap company and the stock went up over 30 something% because of it. Dell comes out with earnings, gaps up 30ome percent. AMD rallies up 30ome percent. You know, you take a look at some of these these companies. HP, right? HP just explodes up 30 something% after earnings. I don’t look at CrowdStrike straight to the upside. Just moonshots. Just complete moonshots. Never mind. Don’t even get me started on Micron and SanDisk, right? These are moves that everybody loves to see on the way up, but they hate to see it when the when these stocks pull back. And it’s just not realistic to think that you’re going to get stocks that are going to go up 100% in 45 days or are going to go up 400, 500, 600% in a matter of one year and not think that at some point you’re going to get a 20% pullback on them because you are. Matter of fact, you did on many of them. You know, you look at Micron, Micron’s already given you almost a 20% pullback. So, by the technical definition, you can, oh, Micron’s in a bare market is what someone might say to you because after a stock pulls back 20% from its all-time high, technically the stock’s in a bare market. But you can’t with a straight face tell me that Micron is in a bare market. You can’t. You’re talking about a stock that one year ago was at $100. It’s at $857. These moves got parabolic. They got excessive. They got they were beyond exuberant. They were beyond euphoric. That’s why I trimmed Micron. I trimmed AMD very vocally, might I add, right here on this YouTube channel, I told everybody a couple weeks ago that I trimmed AMD. I’m trimming Micron. And I said very specific, I love these companies. I love AMD. I love Micron. But what the stocks were doing had gotten ridiculous and unsustainable. So, I went ahead and I trimmed some of those positions. I locked in some profit. I raised a little bit of cash because at some point, these things are going to give you a pullback and they’re going to give you a better entry point and you’re going to be able to step in. You’re going to be able to buy those companies at a much lower price. And you get this pullback. And it’s funny because when these pullbacks happen, it’s like everybody kicks and screams and they’re like, “Oh man, I missed that pullback in March. I wish I bought.” And then and then the market because the markets are going higher. But then as soon as you get a red day, everybody that was kicking themselves in the ass for the last two months for not putting money to work in March or early April, those same people that did not put money to work are now saying, “Oh, no, wait a second. Maybe this is whoa, whoa, whoa, hold on a second. The stock market’s crashing. Maybe it’s not a good time for me to get involved.” I want you to remember every single time that you have seen the stock markets crash and you said to yourself, “It’s not a good time for me to get involved.” It actually ended up being a really good time for you to get involved. You take a look at March, the markets pulled back, you know, 10% or so there in March and it ended up being a really good place to get involved. You take a look back in April of 2025, the markets went down 20% from their highs. That ended up being a really good place to get involved, right? You go back to August of 24, the markets were down 10%, turned out to be a really good place to get involved. You go back to 2022, the markets went down 25%. It turned out to be a really good place to get involved. You go back to 2020, the markets were down 30% during COVID. It ended up being a really good place to get involved. So, you can’t look at all of these single pullbacks throughout the last six years and think to yourself, well, when the markets were going down at that time, I thought this was not a good time for me to get involved. And then now the markets start to pull back one day, literally one day after going up for two months straight and think to yourself, oh my god, everything’s changed. Because I don’t think that everything’s changed from the long run. I think in the short term, yes, I believe there’s more downside. In the short term, I do. In the short term, I do believe that there is more downside. But in the long run, I am still bullish. I am still long in my long-term portfolio. And the pullback that I am expecting, I will be shorting. I will be shorting futures. I’ll be shorting stocks. I’ll be calling out put options because I do believe over the course of the next few weeks, we probably get a deeper pullback, but I’m still bullish longterm. And the beauty about being an active trader, which we are, we can go short for a matter of a couple days. We can go short for a matter of a couple weeks, and we can make a lot of money as the markets go down. And then when it’s time for us to flip back and start to think long, we can do that. We’ve been long- minded for the last two months buying pullbacks into support. And I’m sitting here now telling you today that over the course of the next few days, we are going to look to flip that. We’re going to look to start shorting bounces into resistance. Okay. How many of you want to be more active, but you you get discouraged because you don’t have the 25K to to day trade with? So, you can’t maneuver the way that you want. So, you kind of stayed out of the market. There’s probably a lot of you that have felt that way. Right. But PDT is done. You got you don’t need that excuse anymore. A lot of you maybe stayed away from the markets because you feel like you couldn’t be as active as you wanted to because you were you were kind of held back by PDT. You don’t need 25K anymore. That rule is over. That rule is gone.
You don’t have to feel like that is something that’s holding you back now.
You don’t need that anymore. There is, and I mean this s so sincerely, there is never ever in the history of the stock market been a better time for you to be involved and active than right now because think about there’s no more 25k requirement for the PDT rule. the leverage that is required to trade futures is now down to just a few hundred bucks when it used to be 50 grand, a h 100red grand on some accounts. Now with like a Ninja Trader, 500 bucks, it’s all you need to cover to cover the margin. You used to need many many many years ago used to need like a $100,000 account in order to cover the margin to trade futures. And then you think about the technology that’s around that exists today. The technology that exists today is literally leveling the playing field for retail traders when it comes to the stock market. I can tell you firsthand members of True Trading Group, they have access to the entire TD terminal. Okay, literally an award-winning system. We received the global benzing of fintech award for best AI analysis tool. Okay, we’ve got thousands of members that use these tools and use this entire system every single day. And they will all tell you that it gives them an advantage over others that don’t have that, you know. Let me ask you, ask them guys, members of True Training Group that are on this live stream, do you feel just yes or no question, yes or no answer, do you feel that the tools and the resources, the data, the analytics that you get on TTG’s platform within our TTG terminal, do you feel that that gives you an advantage, an edge over other traders that do not have the same tools? Yes or no? Do you believe you have an advantage by having access to these things? And and for the people that that are maybe have been out of the markets for a while or feel like I they they’re not as active as they want to be, I want you to pay attention to what you’re seeing here inside of the chat.
This is what I mean by there literally has never been a better time for you to be active in the market because now the technology exists to make your life easier. You no longer need to sit in front of a computer screen all day every day and stare at charts. You don’t need to do that. You don’t
we have we we have a whole entire system that we have a trade plan generator that we call the holy grail that you actually enter in your ticker symbol. You enter in um the asset type, if it’s a futures contract, an equity, an option, whatever. You type in your account size, and how much you want to risk, and what’s the style you’re looking for, like scalp, day trade, swing trade, long-term investment, and you just click run analysis, right? You just click run analysis, and you sit back, you wait 90 seconds, and you get an entire detailed trading plan. There it is. That’s our trade plan generator right there. Our members have generated over 450,000 trading plans using this tool. Its accuracy and win rate is over 70%.
You literally can just type in, you know, the stock, you can type in the spy, your account size, how much money you want to risk, you can type in day trade, swing trade, scalp, click run analysis, and you sit back, you wait, and you get a whole entire detailed trading report. literally gives you the entry price, a stop-loss, profit targets, and a confidence score on the trading plan. Our members use this every day. 450,000 trading plans have been generated from our members. The win rate on it’s over 70%. This is the type of stuff that I’m talking about. And the reason why you saw all of these members, right, all these members that are telling you that yes, I feel like I have an advantage by using these tools. The reason why, why do you think that is? Why do you think our members feel that they have an advantage over other people that don’t use these tools? I’m going to tell you why. It’s because they actually make money. And in the stock market, when you make money, it does it’s not just created. Someone else has lost it. So, when you put money in your pocket and you’ve had a really good trading day, that means somebody else lost.
And the success that our members are having and the amount of money that they are making is the reason why they feel that these things give them an advantage and an edge. And again, I’ll ask one time. I’ll ask one time. Members, type the number one. If you guys are making money with this platform, you guys are becoming better traders. Just type the number one if you are a member. If you’re not a member, just pay attention to how many people see you. Type the number one. I think it’s important you see what actually people have to say about these things. Then we’re going to talk to you guys about I still have a lot to talk about, right? I have a whole detailed game plan here of what I’m going to do this week. Um, I’m going to give you guys the levels that I’m focusing on for futures and for the spy here. Take a look. Take all these look at all these people that are typing number one, guys. These are members of True Trading Group that are telling you they’re making money and they’re becoming better traders. And it’s not because they’re luckier than you,
okay? It’s not because they’re luckier than you. It’s not because they have more time than you either. 82% of our members have a full-time job. One of our members actually was in the hospital. His wife was in labor. She’s had the baby by now, but on Friday, his wife is in labor at the hospital. And he literally sent me a picture. It’s actually on my my ex if you it’s on my ex account. If you guys want to go follow me on X, my handle is Mike Edward_TTG. You can go give me a follow there. I’m always posting some really great info on there. It’s miked edward_TTG. Go check it out. Um, the picture is actually there that I’m referring to. And this person’s actually using all of our tools with his laptop open in the hospital room trading, making money. He said he was he was doing like 150 bucks an hour. He was saying while he was while he was sitting there. It was really truly unbelievable to see. But these are the things that are possible. So what you guys see right now like this is just, you know, this is an example of one of our our a trading report, right? So it gives you an entire detailed plan. and it gives you an entry, a stop-loss, tells you position sizing. As you scroll down, it’s broken down into three different agents. There’s a technical agent, there’s a m excuse me, there’s a macro agent. So, you have technical analysis, you have news and economic analysis, then you have a risk agent, which is literally just there to, you know, literally help control your risk on the trade. And as you scroll down, you can see all the details of the ideal entry, the stop-loss, the profit targets, and obviously, like I said, at the very top, it gave you the confidence score. Um, you guys can see there now that’s a confidence score that I would not take that trade. That’s a very low confidence score. But when you see something that has like 75 80 85% confidence score, we usually jump all over it inside of True Trading Group. And our the accuracy on that is just over 70%. It’s truly amazing. And that’s why so many of our members are actually making money and they’re becoming better traders. And this is the reason why. As much as I would love to say it’s because I’m the world’s greatest trader, it’s not. It’s because our platform I think is the best. I’ve I’ve been around 19 and a half years, guys. I’ve never I don’t I haven’t ever come across anything that is better than the system that we’ve created. I really I really don’t. And that’s why we have 11,000 members from 114 different countries with partnerships with companies like the NASDAQ. And then and the reason why our members are so successful is this stuff works. How many people are on this live stream right now that are not members? Uh said it before, I’ll say it again. We got a comment here from a member. Holy Grail and Active Trader is the best tool for small accounts. Full stop. my boy Mike. Hope you’re doing well, brother. I appreciate that. I appreciate that. Type TTG, guys. Type TTG if you are not a member of Look at this. CEOs mees take profit one 10 points. Take profit 2 30 points. One runner left. Boom. How’s that sound? How’s that sound? Look at that. So, there’s CEOs. That’s one of our members who’s actually trading futures right now with these tools and just locked in 10 points and now 30 points. That’s absolutely incredible. Thank you, George. George says, “Happy anniversary.” It was my anniversary. My anniversary was on Friday. Thank you very much. So, again, TTG, those of you that are not members here, real quick, guys, don’t be shy. Real quick, I just want to see who here is not a member. I’m going to do something real special for you guys that are not members. I know people get worried when the markets go down like this. So, I got something for you. So, just type TTG so I can see how many are here to make sure that I can I can hook you guys up. Products review TTG. Sean, what’s up, brother? Marcus Hendris, how are you? Leonard Brown, what’s up, man? So, again, just go ahead and type TTG there, guys. Missed the chance. Beautiful. All right, lots of people that are coming in here now typing TG. Wonderful. All right, listen. Here’s the deal. For those of you that are not members, I know that when I come on these live streams and I talk about these tools. Gary, how are you? Kawakala, how are you? Fantastic. Steve Fox, what’s up, man? All right, so listen. I I really don’t want you guys to think that I’m one of those people that, oh, this is just, hey, trust me, these things are great. Trust me, these things work. I want you to actually use them for yourself and I want you to I want you to actually make money with these tools. Okay, Zank Lamar, how you guys doing? Those of you that are typing TTG, Chris, how are you? Listen, I want you to go to trueraininggroup.com/990.
Here’s the deal. Let me tell you, tell you why. I’m going to let you guys use our entire TTG terminal, all of our tools for 90 days. Not seven days, not 14 days, 90 days. I’m going to give you three full months with our entire platform unrestricted. You get access to everything that is on our platform for 90 days for just 90 bucks. I’m going to charge you $1 a day. Forget about a year commitment. Forget about obviously it’s a larger amount of money to to join us for a full year. Forget about the committing to a full year. I want you to use our tools. I want you to see your trading accuracy improve. I want you to see your consistency improve. I want you to see your actual P&L improve. I want you to make money with us. Then we’ll talk about you becoming an annual member. Let our let our entire platform prove its worth to you. Because if you’re not a member, I get it. You You don’t know any of these things. You’ve never used them. You don’t know how they work. You don’t know how good they are or not. You don’t know if it’s going to help you make money. I totally get it. I don’t expect you to spend, okay, $1,000 to to join us for a year when you don’t know if it’s something that’s going to help you make money. So, the hell with the annual membership. Join us for 90 days, make money. I feel confident enough that if you use our stuff for 90 days and you’re part of the platform for 90 days, I feel confident enough that you’re going to make enough money with us to say, you know what? Wow, I actually just I just paid for an annual membership by the money that I made with this group over the course of the last last few weeks. I’m I am going to sign up and I am going to become an annual member. That’s the bet that I am making. Go to truetradinggroup.com990.
Okay, again that is trueradinggroup.com90990.
If anyone has any questions or you need help signing up, you need clarity on something, you’re unsure about something, send a text message to 1888621-2127.
The phone number is right at the bottom of your screen. I’m being dead serious, guys. Text us if you have any questions. If you have any concerns, you’re unsure about something, you need clarity on something, whatever, you need help signing up, I don’t care what it is, text that phone number, we will help you. We’re also sharing the link to the URL right now inside of the YouTube chat. You can click on that link or go to trtradinggroup.com990 yourself. Everything on that page is going to be included for 90 days. It’s just 90 bucks. You guys can use it, make money with us, use the trade planner, use active trader mode, use Mari, our award-winning AI system from that’s the Benzinga Fintech Award that received best AI analysis tool. Use it. Trade with us. No commitment. And the 90 days is not a membership. So like after your 90 days are up, you’re not charged $90 again. It’s just it’s over. So, you either say after 90 days, you’re like, you know what? I want to become an annual member or nah, this place isn’t for me. There is no automatic renewal on that on your 90 days. It’s just a one-time join it. Let’s make some money together. Done. Let’s get to know each other. Let’s make some money. Boom. Truegroup.com990, folks. Again, any questions, just text us 1888-621-2127.
With that being said, let’s take things on over to the charts because futures are ripping higher right now. We’re now up around almost.3%. We’re at the high of this session. Okay. And this follows a 3% decline on the S&P on or 3% decline on the SPY on Friday as you guys can see. So, we are taking back some of some of this decline. And I think um I mentioned to you guys earlier on the live stream that I do believe um I do believe that the markets might try to bounce first off of a pretty key support level that we kind of just backed up into um on futures a little bit. And it’s going to be right here if you’re looking on the SPY. Okay, the level is going to be right here in the low 730s. And now, where do we get that level from? Well, it’s a 236 Fibonacci retracement level from the March bottom. It is also previous support, okay, from the month of May. So, there’s support here. There’s support there. And there is support here. And you can see that’s we fell just a little short of that there on Friday. And there’s your 236 Fibonacci level. Now, we are bouncing a little bit to the upside. Futures are now 7421. We’re now up around.3% on futures. Okay. Now, where I think this pullback is going to take us is around 7:15. My target for this pullback when it’s all said and done is going to be right there. Now, I’m going to I’m going to delete the Fibonacci retracement levels just to clean the chart up a little bit for those of you that are maybe watching on your phone. So, let’s clean that up just a little bit here, guys. Um, so you can see the levels a little bit more easier, okay? because I really want you to focus in on where the the major support levels are so that you know where to look to start to, you know, take some long entries, whether you’re swinging trading or you’re day trading. These are the areas that I’m going to start to go long. All right? But right now, I’m looking to go short on bounces into resistance levels for swing trades. Now, I’ll still go ahead and look for some day trade longs or some day trade scalps when we get to some key levels. Like you said, we had CEOs, one of our members right there, um who is literally trading futures right now as we speak, who is a member of True Trading Group and is is uh using all of the tools and using the system that is actually long on the um MEES futures, which is S&P uh right now is literally long those right now. Yeah, CEO’s right there. It says I’m scalping literally right now. So, CEOs, congrats, man. So there’s high of the day right now. 742250 high of the session coming off there right now. Okay. But these are the these are your key support levels and I think 715 is where we’re heading to over the course of the next couple weeks. I do not believe we’re going to get there tomorrow. Hell, I don’t even think we’re going to get there this week, but over the course of the next couple of weeks, I do believe 715 is in our future. I do not believe that we are just going to completely reverse this and the market’s just going to shoot back up to all-time highs. I don’t believe that that is going to be the case. What I think ends up happening here is I think we might try to form a little bit of a head and shoulders pattern. So, if you follow me here, you have what could be and it needs time to build this out. left shoulder head. And if the markets can give us a little bit of a bounce off of this support level, bounce back up into the low to mid740s, okay? Then this level becomes resistance and falls back down. That then forms out the right shoulder and then your neckline sits right here in the low 730s and then eventually you break that neckline and you fall back down into next support which is 7:15. But I do believe that we’re going to have to have a little bit of a bounce back here first. So let’s talk about then if we think we’re going to have a little bit of a bounce back here first, where is the resistance level that we can look for to try to lean on the short for that? Let’s go to a shorter time frame. Let’s go to a fiveminut chart, right? Let’s kind of look under the microscope here a little bit and try to find a really key level. Now the first level that jumps right out to me and listen, if you guys don’t see these levels right away, don’t worry about it. We have an entire AI charting system that you guys can literally just say to show me support and resistance and it will literally just draw for you support and resistance levels on the chart. You don’t have to worry about being a masterful technician. We have trained our entire AI system. Our charting system is completely real-time data. It’s tick for tick. It’s not something you like take a screenshot and of a chart and you have to like upload it to. It’s real time data. It’s just completely integrated into the charting software and our entire AI system is is there and you can communicate with it and talk to it. It’ll show you support, resistance. It’ll identify chart patterns. It’ll go identify candlestick patterns. It can monitor institutional order flow. It can do all these things for you. All right, this is one of the tools that you guys are going to get access to when you join. All right, so like I said, trueing.com990.
You’ll get 90 days of unrestricted access to our entire ecosystem and suite of tools. The AI charting software is one of them. You guys are going to absolutely love it. It’s my personally, it’s one of my favorite tools that we have. I really do love it. Um, but you guys will be able to do all that um yourselves. Lesie just joined. So, Lesie, welcome everybody. Welcome, Lesie. All right, so here we go. This is the level that jumps right out to me. Okay, this is the level that jumps right out to me. And as you guys can see, we’ve got a high of the day from the 21st. We had welcome Walker also. Walker just joined up also. Welcome Walker. So there’s high of the day from the 21st. There is low of the day from the 22nd, double bottom there from the 22nd. And then we broke through that level here on Friday. And once you broke through it, look at that. It became resistance and after becoming resistance, right, you had a beautiful, really nice formation of a bare flag and then you had the follow through breakdown. We got to welcome Parker as well, guys. Parker just signed up also. New trial member there. Parker, what’s up? Welcome to the family, Parker.
Okay, we had a massive bearish signal Friday and now we go bullish. I don’t know what to think. Listen, I’m I Who’s bullish? Where did you just get that from? We got to welcome Tyler. Tyler just joined on top my game. What makes you say What makes you say bullish? I’m not bl I just told you I think we’re gonna have a head and shoulders pattern. I think we’re gonna go to 7:15. I’m just talking about but but I Nothing goes down in a straight line. Nothing goes up in a straight line. I just think we’re going to try to bounce like the sell-off that we experienced Friday. We’re going to try to bounce. I think that bounce puts in a lower high. Then you roll back over. I think you break the 730 support and you and you sell off. That’s not me being bullish. I’m telling you, I don’t think that the market is just going to go right back to all time. Oh, it’s green overnight, but oh, come on. On top of my game, you’re now you’re too far under a microscope, brother. We’re green a quarter of a percent. We were down 4% on the NASDAQ on Friday. We just bounced a quarter of a of 1%. That’s nothing. That’s absolutely nothing. You have some of our members are scalping to the long side right now because they got a buy signal from a scalp standpoint. They got a buy signal on futures, you know, an hour and a half ago. So, yes, I I just I just think it’s a bounce on top of my game. I just think it’s a little bit of a dead cap bounce. I think there’s more downside. Maybe I’m wrong, but I do not believe after we experience Friday, I do not believe the market is just going to go right back to all-time highs in a week from now like we experienced in May. We had a three-day pullback in May. Within 4 days, we were back to all-time highs. I don’t think that’s going to be the case this time around. I think we’re going to try to bounce again. People are accustomed to buying the dip. We’re going to try to bounce. And if you don’t have conviction on your short or if you, you know, don’t have the right position size, you might get stopped out on that and then it might roll back over. So, that’s why I’m identifying the level that I’m showing you guys here right now. The level that I am looking for. Okay. the level that I’m looking for here to re-engage back on the short. Okay, Patty, welcome. Patty just signed up for the trial as well. Patty, welcome. Guys, again, truering.com990. You guys can try out the whole system. It’s just 90 bucks for 90 days. That’s what I’m saying. I’m not just going to give you this for like seven days. Like some of these other platforms are like, “Oh, try our system for 7 days.” 7 days is not enough time. You’re busy people. You have lives. You have jobs. You have kids. You got all this other stuff going on, right? 7 days not enough time. So, I’m giving you 90. Take your time. Use it. I want you to use the crap out of all of our tools because I really do believe it’s going to help you guys improve your stats and then you’re going to want to join. Okay? So, true.com990. Text us with questions. 1888621 2127. Welcome all of our trials. And listen, for those you we have a lot of people signing up for the trial right now. Listen to me carefully. If you are one of the people that just signed up for the trial, do not be shy. When you come into chat tomorrow or throughout the week, I want you to engage. I want you to communicate. I want you to talk to other members. I want you to talk to the moderators. Ask questions. See what it is like to be part of this community. There are 11,000 people that are part of this platform. Do not feel like, oh, just because I’m a trial, I got to keep my mouth shut. I’m going to like hide in the corner. No, engage. If you have a question about something, ask. If you need help with some of our tools, you don’t know how to use them, ask. We have an amazing customer support system, our customer support staff. We have actually an onboarding concier for all of our trial members. His name is Ryan. You guys can reach out to Ryan. Ryan can reach out to you if you guys are joining up for the trial. His entire job is to make sure that your trial with us goes effortlessly and amazing. He’s going to show you where the tools are, how to use them, what you should be doing, what you should not be doing, so you guys have the very best chance of making money while you’re with us for those 90 days. Do not be shy. Okay, perfect. Excellent. Welcome all of you back to the charts. The level that we are looking for on the spy to now become support is around 7:45. It is the mid740s. Okay, the mid740s. Where do I get that level from? You guys can see it right here.
Okay,
there you go. All right, there it is. There’s the level. Now, any bounce attempt that we get that takes us back up into that area, that’s where I’m going to say, okay, I’m going to we’re going to start to look for some shorts here. We’re going to start look and then we’re going to look for a pullback from there. Okay. So, the mid740s is a level that we’re going to focus on there on the spy. Okay. And then again, so here’s your resistance.
Here’s your support. And what I think ends up happening, okay, is I think we try to bounce
Okay, then you try to bounce and then I think that bounce runs out of steam
and then I think that support level breaks and I think your next support level that we target is going to be right around the 17s. Okay, I’m looking for us to get down to at least, you know, a gap fill takes you back to 724, 725. That’s like my absolute bare minimum target. Really, I like the teens. Like 715ish is really the area that I do like a little bit more. Um, but like I said, we might have to bounce a little bit first off those 730s and get back up, get it back up a little bit higher before we turn back over again. But I am going to be looking for that bounce. I’m looking for resistance on that balance to then re-engage back on the short side. Individual stocks that we’re going to be focusing on. Okay. Now, that’s obviously one of my main focuses this week is going to be the overall market. We have inflation data this week. If that inflation data comes in better than expected, then that bounce might take you a little bit higher than I initially think. So, as I’m telling you about these levels and Warren, welcome, brother, to the to the group. I see Warren just joined as well, guys. Welcome. Glad to have you guys all here. So, if we do get better than expected inflation data, then the 7 the mid740s level that I’m talking to you about might push a little higher than that. But I still don’t think it takes you to an all-time high. I don’t think uh US and Iran peace deal takes us back to an all-time high either. Okay. I don’t think that Apple’s Worldwide Developers Conference takes us back to an all-time high either. All of these catalysts could potentially move the market back to the upside, but I still think you put in a lower high. Maybe you go all the way back to 750 and the high 740s if you get good inflation back. Okay? So, I’m just telling you if that data comes out better than expected, I might be a little bit more patient with that bounce and then look for a little bit of a higher price point. I don’t want to get in too soon and then get stopped out on a push on some good data. I want to make sure that I can really position myself well so I can sit on that for at least a few days roll back over and then we can really catch the bigger move. So be mindful of that. It’s going to be a big economic data week. So that’s the overall markets. Let’s talk about some individual stocks going to be very closely on my watches. I just talked about Apples um Apple’s Worldwide Developers Conference. Let’s talk about that. I think this is going to be a sell the news event. Um why do I think that? Well, because Apple has had a really big move over the last two months from 245 to 315, which for Apple, that’s a big move. Um, the stock has rallied into this event and the candlesticks that you’re starting to see appear. This is a little bit of a rounding top type of formation. And I just think that this conference, unless they announce something earthshattering, I I I do think that it ends up it ends up being a a sell the news type of event. And I’m looking for uh Apple to get into the low 300s. I’m looking for Apple to find resistance around 308 to 310 308 to 310 resistance and then sell down into the low 300s. Okay? and then possibly even get into the get into the high 290s. Possibly even get into the high 290s, but I would not look too much further than that. I really do like the 290 zone for support. I like it a lot. If Apple gets down there, I’m actually going to go long. You have the previous pivot all-time high here from December. You have resistance right here, the first day of May. Then you broke through it. You never pull back in to retest that prior high. And here comes the 50-day moving average. See this dark blue line on my screen? That 50-day moving average is curling its way higher. So that 50-day, if you just continue to draw it out, that 50-day comes right into 290. If we draw out some Fibonacci retracement levels from the for the measured move, that’s a 382 Fibonacci retracement level. So your measured move on the fibs, 382 Fibonacci takes you to 290. Previous all-time high takes you to 290. 50-day moving average takes you to 290. So, if Apple gets all the way down to 290, right there is where I would say, “Okay, now it’s time to go long.”
Okay. Um, missed the chance says, “Exit.” Well, here’s the good news. Missed the chance. I know your username says missed the chance. You said existing account, but I have not renewed my membership because I was in school. Is it possible that I will get the 90 days? Missed the chance? send us a text message. So if you already were a member, text us,
okay? 1888 6212127.
just text us 1888-621-2127, okay? If you have any questions. All right, so back to these the 290s. Like I said, if we do get down there, I would say flip go long. I think I think it would bounce from there. So, I’m not necessarily telling you I’m looking for us to get all the way down to 290, but if we did, I do think that that ends up being a really good spot to go long. Now, that’s not something that would be this week. probably takes a couple weeks to get down to 290, but um if you do, I think it’s a long. Okay, but for now, we’re going to look for resistance back against 310, like 308 to 310 resistance and look for Apple to drop down into the low 300s at least. Okay, so that’s Apple. Then we’re going to hit on Meta. Meta announcing that they’re going to be doing um another another equity sale and that got the stock uh selling off there on Friday. There’s a really big support level here on Meta in the low to mid 590s. And this level has held for the last month and has structure for the last couple of months. If you look here on the chart here on Meta, you see that this area was support in March. Then you had the big selloff with the Iran with the um Iran war. Then it became resistance. Then you gapped above it on the ceasefire announcement and it became support and you rallied. Then you dropped back down into it and it’s become support. It’s become support ever since. Okay. Now on Friday, on Friday, Meta broke beneath this support level.
Okay. On Friday right here, you can see we broke underneath it.
If this now acts as resistance, I’m looking for more downside on Meta. I want Meta to fill this gap. You have an open gap on Meta that takes you down to 575 or so. 575 576. Okay. So, what we’re going to look for here is a bounce attempt back into the mid590s. Look for it to become resistance. Put in a little bit of tail off of that. All right. You put in something that looks like this and then bleed it. Okay? That’s what we’re going to that’s what we would be looking for there. Okay? Okay, you look for like those mid590s to be resistance. All right. Now, if this thing gets back above 600, I would not try to short it. I would read it if this if this gets back above 600, I would say get the hell out of there. It’s a failed breakdown of that support level. This is a very big support level. I know it looks like we broke it on Friday. It’s not necessarily confirmed yet. Um I think we’re broken, but we had really heavy volume. Obviously, we kind of stretched all the way down into the 580s. I I I think I think we’ve broken it, but to play it safe, I want to make sure we reject off of the mid590s before taking a position. Okay. Then we have Coinbase. And Coinbase is interesting to me. Um, from a neutral stance, I actually think that, oddly enough, I think Coinbase might try to bounce. And I think you can probably catch two different trades on Coinbase over the next week or two. I think you can catch one long and I think you catch one short. Bitcoin has fallen all the way back down to 60K and that is such a huge support level. Okay, that’s the 60K was the low from the February sell-off and you just double bottomed it, right? You see how you’re double bottoming right there? So, what I think ends up happening is I think Bitcoin tries to push back into like the mid to high 60s. like I think you push back to like 66K and then once you push back up into like 66K or so I think you run out of steam there and then you drop back down into 60. So what I’m thinking about is Bitcoin 60K lines up with Coinbase’s 145. 145 is a huge support level for Coinbase. And it’s really it’s not just 145. It’s a it’s a it’s an area. It’s a zone here. Just call it the 140s, guys. Every time Coinbase has gotten down into this area, the stock has reversed. Look at this pullback in September of 2024. Look at this pullback in April of 2025. Look at this pullback in February of 2026. All three of them very big moves back to the upside. And now here you are again on Coinbase falling back down into this support level. That support level and Coinbase testing that support level winds up with Bitcoin testing 60K. If Bitcoin bounces from 60K, goes up to 66, which I think is very possible, I would expect Coinbase to bounce back up to 160. Once Coinbase gets into the 160s, I would say that coincides with Bitcoin to 66K, look for Bitcoin to run out of steam, pull back down into the low 60s, retest 60K support, eventually break it. Then you look for Coinbase up into the 160s, get out of the long, start to look for rejection, weakness, roll back to the downside into the 140s. Okay, that’s what I’m going to be looking for there on Coinbase. I think you could play it both ways. I think you can look for a quick trade, like a day or two long, and then turn it back over to the downside. But I do like the long here first. Um, then we have, speaking of longs, one stock that I want to really focus on. If if the if I’m wrong and the market doesn’t go lower, let’s say I’m wrong about that. Let’s say that the market goes back to all-time highs in a week. I don’t think that’s the case, but I could be wrong. So, what I like to do is I don’t like to just come into a week with just all shorts or all longs. Like to have something on on each side in case my analysis on the overall direction is incorrect. So when I think about what is a really strong looking stock that has held up very that held up very well on Friday and is still above a major support level. It’s actually one of them that comes to mind is actually Roku. Now I have not traded this stock in a very long time. It’s not been a great trading stock the last couple of years. I traded the crap out of this thing during COVID, but I really haven’t traded Roku in a while. But Roku had a really big resistance level here around 115 to 120. And that resistance level was broken at the be in the beginning of May. And once you broke through that, okay, you can see that resistance level is now acting as support and you have the 50-day moving average that’s coming into play. I think that anywhere down in this region, right, I think that that’s a really good spot to look for a long.
I think the low the low 120s, I think that looks really really enticing for a long setup and look for Roku to push back up into the 130s. So, I I I like this idea here for the long 115 to 120 is your support zone. If the stock violates 115 or gets underneath that 50-day, I would say cut cut loose. Take take your stop out and move on. But if the markets do move higher, I do like Roku for the possibility to move to the upside. Last but not least, stock we made some really good money on on Friday. This is a small cap stock that is on short squeeze watch. And the reason why it’s on short squeeze watch is because the price action that you saw on Friday absolute absolutely undoubtedly no question about it sucked in a ton of short sellers, but it actually held a support level. And if those short sellers that came into the stock on Friday get trapped, you could have a real serious short squeeze on your hands. And that ticker symbol is SDOT. SOT is a stock that we traded on Friday. Did did very well with it. Okay, we caught
this move.
Okay, we caught this move and then you can see the stock completely reversed. So, our entry on this thing was in here and we were able to drop out profits on the way up and then as it reversed and came back in, we stopped out the last piece of the position. So, we actually we lost money on this piece of the position, but we, you know, obviously made a lot more on these take profits. So, we made some really good money on this trade. But this price action, that reversal is um that’s going to suck in a lot of short sellers. But when you look at where that reversal actually stopped, and this is why it’s still something I want to pay attention to, it stopped at $9. As I zoom this out and you took a look at with a significance of $9,
there’s the high of the day from the third. This price action is going to suck in short sellers big time. Okay, as long as this stock is above $9, I’m going to keep it on watch because if this stock starts to climb back up to $14 or $15, I think it absolutely explodes because I think every single trader that shorted this stock on Friday is going to get squeezed. Now, if you wake up tomorrow morning and the stock is at eight bucks or 750, forget about it. But if you wake up tomorrow morning and you see SDOT at 1450, then I think you better watch out. I think you get a candle. I think you get a candle tomorrow that would look something like this.
Okay. I think you get a candle looks something like that. So, I’m not telling you to go right out and just buy the stock uh tomorrow. It’s not what I’m saying. What I’m saying is this is this has potential to short squeeze. As long as it’s above $9, I’m going to watch it to possibly short squeeze. If tomorrow I see this stock around 14 bucks, I am most likely going to go long and we’re going to look for a short squeeze. Okay. And that’s it. All right. So, there you guys have it. There is that’s my watch list to start out the week. All right. We’re going to start out the week with these stocks on our watch list. Obviously, we have a lot of data coming out. All the inflation data that we’re going to be getting that’s all coming out. And we will be, you know, I’ll be adding stuff to my watch list. I’ll be taking stuff off of it. I’ll be trading other things depending on how all this data comes through. Um, but at least now you guys have a pretty good idea of what I’m thinking the markets are going to do and how I’m going to position for it, what the game plan is. I hope this helps. Hope you guys feel better prepared. I want to give a big shout out and a big welcome to um, you know, I want to welcome all of our new trials. Okay, I want to welcome all of our new trials. Enjoy your time with us. You picked a hell of a time to to get involved. I think this is going to be an absolutely crazy week. So, if you want trueretraining.com990,
join the trial for 90 days. Um, send a text message if you guys have any questions. 18886212127.
Have a wonderful rest of your night. Subscribe to the channel. Smash that like button. Show us some love. Turn on your notifications. Make sure you never miss out on any of these streams. And I will see you guys all tomorrow. All right. We’re going to come out of the come out of the weekend, hit the new week swinging. I think it’s going to be a big one. Have a great night, folks. Thanks for tuning in. I’ll see you guys all later.
-
06/12/2026 – True Trading Group – How to Trade The SpaceX IPO
Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the True Training Group live stream. How we all doing? You’re probably doing really well today, unless you’re a Spurs fan, which I am not. So, luckily for me, I’m doing well. That’s my dig and my shout out to all my New York Knicks fans out there. I’ve never seen a New York Knicks championship in my lifetime. And I am really hoping that this is not 2016 because in 2016 the the Cavs were down three games to one and they came back and they won. So I am hoping that the Spurs are not the 2016 not the 2016 Spurs. Yes, Fox that is gonna But there’s a couple of things you can say that too, right? You can also say that about Josh Hart. So like Josh Hart missed the wideopen breakout for the layup, right? Josh Hart missed that. If he doesn’t miss that, then Fox doesn’t even have the opportunity to dribble out the clock. So everyone’s talking about Fox should have should have should have, you know, dribbled out the clock. But that’s only because Hart missed a wideopen layup as well, right? So it’s like there’s always going to be like the one play that you can go back and forth and back and forth. It doesn’t matter. We’re not here to talk about the Knicks. We’re not here to talk about the Knicks. We’re here to talk about SpaceX. I’m sorry. I can’t help it, right? I can’t help it. I There’s two things I’ll always talk about and that’s stocks and sports. And it was just an unbelievable game last night. The roller coaster of emotions. But again, we’re not here to talk about the Knicks. We’re here to talk about SpaceX. And the same can be true about the roller coaster of emotions from yesterday, but the roller coaster of emotions that we are going to experience tomorrow for what is an earthshattering, unprecedented, truly historic IPO. Tomorrow’s IPO is going to be historic for many reasons. I’m going to explain those reasons to you. And I’m also going to go over with you guys here on this live stream what I’m going to do with SpaceX. How am I going to trade SpaceX tomorrow? I’m going to explain to you. And then what am I doing with SpaceX as far as my long-term portfolio? I’m going to also explain that to you. So, this live stream today is not as much about, hey, what do we think about the market? What do we think about tomorrow? I mean, I’ll still go over that stuff with you guys and I’ll probably hang out with you guys here for maybe an hour or so and go over, you know, what happened in the markets today. Obviously, we got big news there that came across in the the middle of the day today that caused the markets to rally into the close. You know, big green day, almost 2% day on the S&P. Big green day for the NASDAQ, the Dow, the Russell, just kind of green across the board. So, we’ll talk about that as well and what we think where the market goes from here. Uh, but obviously some big news today. And we’ll we’ll talk about that, but I really want to focus on on mostly the SpaceX IPO and explain to you guys why this is truly historic and what I think about um what we’re going to see. So, if you guys are new to the channel, I welcome you. My name is Michael Edward Paranotic by Michael Edward of the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group. We are a fintech platform that is designed to help you guys learn faster, trade smarter, and profit sooner. We have a TG terminal that we call it which is a suite of trading tools that allows our members to have data resources, analytics and tools that can help them make better decisions that increases their profitability, increases their consistency and their accuracy. Um, we are not just a chat room with courses and trade alerts, although we have all of those things. There’s myself and seven other pro traders that share their screens with you live during the day, answer questions, provide their commentary, analysis, and all of their trade alerts. Um, so all those things are there. All those things are true for those of you that are looking for that. But TG is not just about that. TG is about the tools. We’ve received the Benzinga Fintech award for best AI analysis tool. Mari is the name of our AI system and we have partnerships and agreements directly with the NASDAQ. Um, we work closely obviously with OpenAI, um, Unusual Wales, DataBento, and a handful of other companies as well that are kind of the backbone of what makes the TG platform possible. So, I want to give a big shout out to all of our partners over there at those companies that work very closely with TTG to help us build out these tools and these systems that allow our members to make money. And at the end of the day, that’s what we all here for, right? We’re here to make money, right? We’re not here to talk about the nicks. We’re here to make money. And that’s exactly what we do here at True Trading Group. Okay, there you go. El Poppy says, “Holy grail with level three is a complete game changer.” Absolutely. Here’s the deal. Members of True Trading Group that are actually on this live stream. If you guys are members, go ahead and just type the number one in chat if you guys are making money with this platform. Like, as a member of TTG, if you guys are making money, you’re becoming a better trader, go ahead and type the number one inside chat right now. If you’re not a member, pay close attention how many people you see type in chat
because all these people are your these are your peers, right? These are your friends, family members, co-workers. If these people are sitting here telling you that they’re making money, there’s no reason why you can’t. They’re not luckier than you, right? They don’t have more time than you. 82% of our members have a full-time job. So, if they can do this, then so can you. They literally are you. Or I should say they were you. They were just a viewer on a live stream. they decided to join the community, use the tools, follow the mods, and now all of a sudden they’re sitting here telling you they’re actually making money from doing this. At the end of the day, like I said, that’s the goal. Okay, so that’s a shout out there. All best decision I’ve made, says Mr. Node of Truth. You certainly do know the truth. Says, best decision that I have ever made. I’d love to hear that. That is music to my ears. I love that very much. So, what do you guys want to do? You guys want to talk about the market first or you want to talk about SpaceX first?
Yes, my boy Abdul goes, “I just purchased the Holy Grail yesterday. What a gamecher.” Let me here, let me actually just talk about the Holy Grail just real quick. Some of you maybe have no idea what this thing is. The Holy Grail is one of our tools. I don’t know, Brett, if you have it, you can even pull it up. Just give us give an example of it. Yeah. Yeah, pull it up, Brett. Let’s pull it up. Uh do the spy, uh do equity, do day trade. And what we’ll do, I just want to show you guys this tool real quick just so you can see how it works and then we’re gonna we’re going to jump right in. Okay, we’ll jump right in to the market and to SpaceX. This is one of the tools that’s part of the TG terminal. This is a trade plan generator. We call it the holy grail. Essentially, you type in what do you want to trade? A stock, an option, a crypto, or a futures contract. Then you type in the ticker symbol of said security. Then you put in your account size, how much money you want to risk, and what style of trade you are looking for. You can do a scalp, you can do a day trade, you can do a swing trade, you can do a long-term investment. You select that, you click run analysis. You wait about 90 seconds. This is an actual algorithm. Okay? This is an actual algorithm that is based on my trading style, rule sets, and inputs. 80% of it is something is what’s called the deterministic. Deterministic means there’s actual rules-based strategy and algorithm behind it. 20% of it is AI’s interpretation of data. This is not AI that’s making a prediction. This is an actual algorithm. 80% of it rules-based, 20% of it AI interpretation. Um, and after about 90 seconds or so, you’re going to get generated for you a complete detailed trading plan with an entry, a stop-loss, and multiple profit targets. It’s also going to give you a confidence score. Obviously, the higher the confidence score, the higher the system, the quality of the setup that the system is giving you. So, here’s the report. So, that’s how long it took. You guys can go through. It gives you an a summary at the very top, but there’s a very detailed report that follows underneath. I always recommend that people read it. There’s a multi- aent breakdown. There’s a technical agent that does technical analysis. There’s a macro agent that analyzes news and economic data. And then there’s a risk agent that its job is to literally help control your risk on the trade. As you scroll down, it gives you your entry. It gives you your stop-loss. It gives you your profit targets. And it gives you probability of particular things happening. It gives you price action to look forward to pull the trigger. It gives you price action to look forward to invalidate the trade setup to avoid taking it. And you guys can go through and you can read all these. And this right now, members of Crew Trading Group have generated a little bit less than 500,000 trading plans since we have launched this tool. And the accuracy on that on this tool is just over 70%. After about just under 500,000 trading plans generated. Truly unbelievable. It’s amazing. It’s something that our members absolutely love. So that’s why when you just saw that other member that was like, I just got the holy grail uh yesterday. a complete game changer. If you are someone that has a hard time putting together a plan, you don’t know when to get in, you don’t know where to get out, this is a massive, massive game changer for you guys and this is something that all of our members uh are using and that they are just crushing it with. So this is just one of the tools. So just want to show you just one example of what you guys get access to when you become part of the TD community, become part of the TD family. Okay, so that’s just one of them. All right. Now, with that being said, if there’s anyone that’s on this live stream, if you guys are not a member of TTG and you want to try out some of these tools, I let you guys try it out. I think that this is a kind of I don’t want this to just be like a trust me, bro. We have a 90-day trial where we let people come in and try out all of our tools to help them make money and become better traders and and really implement our tools and our our entire system into their trading and make money. make money on a trial with us and then we’ll talk about like a long-term commitment for like a year membership because we have an annual membership of True Trading Group. So, you you sign up, you become a member for a full year. Um, but before you want to talk about obviously a larger payment for the for the membership, if you want before you talk about a year-long commitment, you guys can join us for just 90 days for just 90 bucks. It’s a dollar a day for three months. And that’s our opportunity for us for you guys to come in, use the platform, completely unrestricted. You guys can um use the tools, the holy grail being one of them. You guys can use that as well to actually implement your trading and make money with us and then we’ll talk about you becoming an annual member, right? This is kind of our way of of putting our money where our mouth is, put up our shut up, you know, prove it. You guys can come in, make money first and then become an annual member rather than the other way around. So less commitment from you guys and all of the trust and all of the confidence in us that our platform, our tools are going to help you improve your trading statistics. And that’s why we have a 75% retention rate amongst our members. So when people join True Trending Group, they stay at a clip of around 75%. 5,000 of our members have actually decided to upgrade to become lifetime members of the community. Obviously, those people are not going to stay here if they’re not making money. Right? So you guys can go to trueradinggroup.com990.
Again, that is trueradinggroup.com990.
Okay? And you guys can sign up for a 90-day member. Here you go. There’s a member right there. Yo, Rhyno, what’s up? Rhino goes, yo, Mike, Adam and the teach fam. Use the holy grail for a few months. Very accurate. Helps solidify your trading thesis. Boom. There’s another member right there. Great, helpful community learning daily, says Prospector. So, you can go to trueterrendinggroup.com990
and you guys can use these tools, get complete, unrestricted access to the platform. All right. If you have any questions, just text us 1888-621-2127. The phone number is at the bottom of your screen. Again, it’s 1888-621-2127.
Text that number if you have any questions, if you need help, okay? If you need questions or if you have questions, if you need help,
right? Whatever it is, you need clarity on something, you have a question about something, just text us. We’ll answer anything that you guys need to know. We’re fully transparent. We are an open book. All right? So, go ahead, check it out. Yeah. You know, I just sent your link out to more friends. I’m always referring TTG to friends and family. That’s how you know that the platform works, right? Like when members are referring friends and family members to join True Trading Group, that’s how you know that they’re doing well. Like, would you refer your cousin or your sister or your uncle or your mom to True Trading Group if you were just losing a boatload of money? Of course not. Unless you hate your relatives, right? Like how many people, quick show of hands, type the number one in chat right now. If you guys have ever referred somebody to True Trading Group, like you’ve told your friend, you told a co-orker, you told a relative, you told somebody, “Hey, hey, you should check out True Trading Group.” Type the number one. If you ever recommended True Trading Group to anybody before, again, if you’re not a member, pay attention how many people you’re about to see, type the number one. You have to think about this. If your friend or your family member came up to you and was like, “Hey, I just I just ate at the best restaurant ever. Oh my god, the best bolognese you’ll ever have in your life. The best bronzino. You got to go. The pistachio gelato is just out of this world. It’s straight from Sicily.” If somebody told you that, wouldn’t you be excited about going and trying that restaurant out? Yes, you would. But if someone you said to someone, “Oh, I’ve been meaning to go to this new restaurant that opened up.” And then your uncle’s like, “Actually, don’t go. the place was terrible. I would never go there again. It was the worst money I ever spent in my life. I threw up on my way out of there. You’re probably not going to go. So, I think there’s no better there’s no better stamp of approval than when your members are actually referring the platform to their friends and family. I really do. I think that means more than anything that I’m going to say to you on a live stream because you don’t know me, right? Especially if you’re new to the channel. Some people have been here for years and you, you know, we know each other a little bit. But if you’re new to this channel, you obviously don’t know me. So you should pay attention mostly to the people that are actually part of the platform, part of the program, and to see what their results actually are, what they have to say about the community. That’s my that’s my two cents. So again, trueing.com990.
You guys can join us for 90 days for just 90 bucks. Full unrestricted access. You can use our tools, you can access the chat, you can communicate, talk to the mods, talk to the members, follow the trades. Whatever it is, you guys can do so. true.com990 or text us 1888-621-2127. Tomorrow is my four-year anniversary with TTG allows me to maintain my retirement income. Join my boy Bert. Happy anniversary, brother. Six years on June 16th. The ambit lady blessed hot mess is going on her fifth year as a member. That is how you know the platform works right there. All right. Beautiful. Let’s take things on over to the charts, folks. Let’s talk about it. Right.
Happy opening day of the World Cup as well. Today’s the first day of the World Cup. I’m going to the Ecuador Germany game, which is going to be fun. No, I am not German. No, I am not Ecuadorian. But that’s the g the game that we’re going to. Um, all right. So, let’s talk about the overall markets first. All right. We’ll talk about the overall markets first and then we’re going to talk about SpaceX. Now, the overall markets today, big green day. Um, it’s been a phenomenal week for us inside of True Trading Group. Uh, big week for us, big trades to the downside. Not today. Um, some of our other moderators though caught the big long today in our futures room. Uni and Colin, our other moderators inside your training group that’s uh that specialize in futures trading nailed the long today. Uh so big shout out to them. I did not trade futures today. Yesterday and the day prior was when I traded futures and it was a great day for us. We had a 200 point uh trade on Tuesday and we had a 100 point trade on S&P futures yesterday. Big big days for us with those two trades. I came on this YouTube channel yesterday and I explained to you, you know, we went over some analysis. Now, obviously, I didn’t know the news that was going to come out today. I couldn’t have factored that into my analysis from yesterday, but I told you guys yesterday that I was looking for us to pierce the prior days lows, get into that 50-day moving average, and then bounce. Okay? And we talked about that. We gave you went over very specific price action and exactly what it was that we were looking for the markets to do. So, we were half right. We did not get the pierce of the prior days low because we got a nice piece of news that came out there at 1:30. And the news that came out there at 1:30 was that it looks like Iran and the United States are um very close. Oh, wow. That’s the Facebook IPO.
They have the Facebook IPO. Um they have footage from the Facebook IPO on CNBC right now. I remember that day vividly. That’s the last. Speaking of SpaceX, that is I’ve never seen an IPO as highly anticipated as a SpaceX IPO in my life and I’ve been doing this for almost 20 years. The only other thing that I can compare it to, which was the previously most highly anticipated IPO that I’ve ever seen, was the Facebook IPO, which was in 2012. Um, and this blows that out of the water in many ways, and we’ll go over that in just a few moments. Uh but we got some news today at around 1:30 or so um that the US and Iran are close to anou. Uh thatouou would would be ending the the military conflict. It would open up the straight of vermoose and it would then begin and set a precedent and begin um negotiations around the nuclear agreement that would take place over a longer period of time. But theou would essentially end the military conflict and open up flow in the straight of Hermoose. And when that news came out, you got a nice big pop and then you got some follow-through later in the day as we started to get a little bit more details um on on the on this agreement and you started to get some follow-through responses from the Qataris um which are actually the mediating party that was responsible for passing theou back and forth. the the Qatari delegation actually went to Tran yesterday and apparently what we know now is that the Qataris received a text version of anou from the Iranians and they brought that to the United States and the United States I guess reviewed and has agreed to the terms of theou and that was the news that was announced there today. So Pakistan has really been the country that’s been mediating mostly back and forth, but it was the Qataris that actually were the ones that were facilitating this particular. I don’t have the details on it. I would have to assume it’s probably similar to the details of theou that we heard about the the first time a few weeks ago. Um but I don’t I don’t know. I don’t have the details of it, but doesn’t matter. Irrelevant. We’ll talk about just the overall markets and then get to SpaceX. So this big move to the upside today takes you back above some key resistance levels. Okay. Now, the key resistance levels that we were focusing on, you had two two main levels that were really the point of focus for us coming into the day today. And they were both they were both broken to the upside. Now, the first level, okay, the first level was 732. Now, if you take a look at my chart, this is a three-minute chart, but you guys can see this is yesterday’s price action. You can see all of that resistance there at 7:32 yesterday. And then previously to that, you had your initial morning low at that 732 area. And as I pan this back, we can take a look even at a couple days from before. You had a nice little pivot spot right there. If you broke beneath it, then resistance, then sold back off to the downside. Then you broke back above it, pulled back in, it became support, and then you bounced. So you had some really nice structure that was around this level here at 732. It’s a minor level, but it’s a level and some pretty decent structure. Then you had this level and this level is about a dollar wide. So from 737 to 738. And as we take a look at this level, this is the level that we just broke above today. Right. Right. Going into the close and pulled back into it. And so far, so far this level is now trying to hold support. I’m not yet convinced that this level that I’m showing you right now is broken, but it is certainly being tested. And as we look back, you can see resistance from yesterday’s high, resistance from the pro, and then resistance from Tuesday’s close. And then you can see once you broke above it, that became resistance here on the 9th. And as you pan back, you can see support here. That’s the close of the day and the lows of the day from Friday. And then here you can also see another little support test right there on Monday. So some really nice structure right here around this 737 738 zone. And that’s the area that we just popped our hit above and now we’re resting back into. So, not quite confirmed on the break. To confirm this break, I think we got to get north of 740. That’s exactly where we stopped today. 740 is the high of the day. So, I just think that, you know, I just think that we, you know, need to get a little bit higher before I would say this level’s confirmed broken. I think the level’s currently being tested. All right. Um, and as far as where we go now from here, your next level of resistance, uh, you know what? Let me go back to the smaller time frame. It might be easier for you guys to see the levels. Um, if I go back and we focus on the the smaller time frame. So, here’s a 15-minute chart. Your next resistance level is going to be around 746, 747. And that’s going to be showing you guys real quickly on the chart. You can see this little double bottom low of the day and the close from uh May 22nd, the day before that, May 21st. There’s your high of the day. So, my mouse has been kind of sticky lately. I got to figure out what’s going on with my mouse. Uh, you broke underneath it on the fifth. Then it became resistance. Then it became resistance on the eighth high of the day. And then it became resistance high of the day there on Wednesday. That was actually the level that we took the short at on Wednesday. If you guys were on my live stream last week, I I laid this trade out for you guys on Sunday night. I told you guys that I’m shorting bounces into the mid740s and looking for us the markets to go down back to the low 730s. Well, we went all the way down to the low 720s. So, I laid that out for you guys there on the live stream on Sunday night. Uh, and that worked out very, very well for us. And then we reloaded that position yesterday right into 738. We actually got short there at the 737 mark and then rolled that over yesterday and we took complete a profit out of that trade. We took final profits off on that yesterday. So, I had no more position today. Um, and then we got this nice little bounce here on the news. But your next resistance level, if we do clear out, and here’s that first level I was showing you around 7 738. If we clear that level out, your next stop is 7:45. So, if we wake up tomorrow morning and you see the spy at like 740 or 741, I would buy the opening pullback and look for a push to 745 if that is what we see tomorrow. If you gap down tomorrow, you have to be mindful of that resistance level not being broken. And I would say you probably get a little bit of a pause or a little bit of a pause and a hesitation day. But I feel like if you ask me, Mike, pick one. I feel like we’re going to get more upside here going into tomorrow. And then we’re going to get into we’re going to test this 745 area. That’s what I think we’re going to see tomorrow. But we’ll have to wait and see what happens the overnight session. If the overnight session we don’t trade higher and you do not get a gap up tomorrow, then I’ll be very cautious of continuing on with the long. If the market’s like if we opened up down here around 7:36 or so, like you wake up tomorrow and the market is sitting around here. I think it’s a little bit of a tougher play. I would say I would have low conviction on the trade at that time. And I would probably still tell you to look for shorts into 738 739 and look for a fade off of the 9 EMA. 9 EMA is this teal blue line that you guys see on my screen. So that’s going to come into play down here in the high 730s. So I would look for that to be resistance and a little bit of a fade off of that. But that’s only if you gap down tomorrow. All right. So just a little bit of a just a little bit of insight there, a little bit of analysis on the overall market for those that trade spy options or if you trade futures. Okay. All right. Now, the moment we’ve all been waiting for, and I can’t even pull up a chart because there isn’t one yet.
There isn’t one yet. There’s no chart of SpaceX yet. So, I’m just I got to leave this blank screen up here. I can’t wait for tomorrow. Tomorrow is going to be a truly historic IPO in many ways. Um, and I’ll start explaining that to you. This is the largest IPO in history. Okay. SpaceX is going public at a 1.75 1.77 trillion dollar valuation. It’s the largest market cap valuation, okay, that we’ve had go public, raising $75 billion. That is by far the largest, okay, that is by far the largest IPO ever. The largest IPO prior to that was um Saudi Aramco, Saudi’s oil company, and that was 29 or 28 billion, 28 or 29, I forgot, but it was the high 20s. SpaceX is raising 75 billion. Truly unprecedented. The other thing that’s crazy about this IPO is that it’s attracted $70 billion in retail investor demand. That is by far the greatest amount of retail demand ever. It is so high that SpaceX could almost fill its entire IPO allocation with retail.
That’s insane. That has never happened before. No, they’re not right. They’re not allocating all of it to retail. They are allocating some of it to retail, but you’ve never had an IPO before where the retail demand on the IPO was enough to fill the entire IPO’s allocation. Another first, it’s also truly historic. Why? because the NASDAQ has changed their rules for listing and and being included into the NASDAQ 100. Not listing, but being included into the NASDAQ 100. It used to you used to not be allowed into the NASDAQ 100 for several months. You used to have to have a certain percentage of the float issued at the IPO. The NASDAQ has changed those rules to allow for a fasttrack entry on SpaceX into the NASDAQ 100 that is now only going to be 15 days. Now, usually when you have these inclusions into an index, it happens many, many months, sometimes years after a company goes public. Why does that matter? There are a lot of funds and ETFs out there that track the indexes. For example, the NASDAQ 100 you all know as the QQQ, right? But there’s several others. You have the QQQM, which is the NASDAQ 100. The QQQ is your NASDAQ. And there’s several others that are like this, right? These will need to buy SpaceX.
and SpaceX when they go public they will be the seventh largest market cap in the NASDAQ 100. So you instantly are talking about a very heavily weighted position. This is not a stock that sits at number 94. This is a stock that’s going to sit at number seven. the larger the market cap, the larger the the percentage of the assets under management that would be allocated to the position in order for the ETF or the fund to track the actual index. So, this is going to be a lot of buying that’s going to be coming from these. Now that’s different because usually an IPO goes through its initial the hype and the speculation around the and the excitement around the IPO fades after a few weeks. Okay. The company is able to issue several earnings reports. The stock moves on those earnings reports and the stock goes through over time what’s called price discovery. And after a stock has gone through true price discovery and has found a an honest and and tested market multiple and fair market valuation and then it gets added to an index. Then the indexes step in and then begin to buy. That is also taking place after the initial lockups from the earlier investors that were held that had lock that had lockups and restrictions from selling on the IPO. they’re long gone and done with and have sold and that stock has come into the open market and has you know come in and delivered the market through the selling of those shares and all of that has already typically happened when these indexes step in to buy because SpaceX is being fasttracked with 15 days to the NASDAQ 100. you are going to have a situation where the funds and the ETFs that track and are benchmarked to the NASDAQ 100 are going to have to buy SpaceX prior to all these lockups coming free prior to the initial hype and and anticipation of the IPO, excuse me, prior to the initial hype and speculation and excitement around the IPO fading. prior to the company releasing a handful of earnings reports, prior to the stock going through true price discovery and it finding fair market valuation.
I don’t ever remember an instance when that was the case.
So, there’s a lot of things that are happening with this IPO that have never happened before. So, a lot of people that go out there and tell you, “Oh, this is what’s going to happen with the SpaceX IPO.” They don’t actually know. Everyone is giving you their thoughts like I don’t actually know what’s going to happen with the SpaceX IPO, but I’m going to give you my trading plan because I’m going to look to trade SpaceX tomorrow in my trading account, which is I trade through Lightseed and but my long-term portfolio, I am not touching SpaceX. I am not touching SpaceX at a $ 1.75 trillion valuation. Although I do believe that SpaceX is going to go higher initially off of the IPO, which is why I’m going to trade it, but I’m not going to buy it in my long-term portfolio for probably a very long time. I have a rule for myself when it comes to long-term investments and IPOs. I typically do not ever buy an IPO in my long-term portfolio ever. I always wait for the company to report a few earnings. I allow the hype and the anticipation from the IPO to fade. I allow the earnings reports to make the stock either gap up, gap down, and find a true baseline area of demand, what is called price discovery. And then I will say, okay, I like what I’m seeing from earnings. I like what I’m seeing from the chart with the demand zones and whatever it is. And then I’ll start to build a position in a company for the long haul. Like Palunteer was a really good example. Palanteer is a company that I have a very nice position on in my long-term portfolio, but I didn’t put that stock in my long-term portfolio for several years after it went public. Palanteer went public back here in 2020. I didn’t buy this in my long-term portfolio until 2023 was my first purchase was at $21 in 2023. Okay, that’s a really good example of what I’m talking about about the initial hype and the excitement of an IPO fading and going through true price because when you can see what happens on the Palunteer IPO, the stock went absolutely bonkers, right? For the first couple of months, the stock went completely crazy. But then over the course of the next year, you just basically traded sideways and then you actually had a nice, you know, sizable large pullback. The entire market pulled back at that time and then the stock traded sideways for another year, right? Then the stock traded sideways for another year and then the stock got a nice little boost here in 2023 and then I’ll never forget it. The company came out with earnings. Um, the company came out with earnings. You know what? I’m sorry. I’m sorry. 2024 is when I bought Palunteer. I’m sorry. I think I just said 2023. 2024 was when I first bought Palanteer on my long-term portfolio and it was after their February Yeah, it was it was their February earnings report. So, they were reporting Q4 2023 earning. That’s why I was saying it was their Q4 2023 earnings report. It was this gap up. And the reason why I did that was because I always felt with Palanteer, I’m like, Palanteer, great company, but I want them to get to a point where they focus more on their commercial business rather than just the government contract business because I felt like that’s where a lot of the growth was. And I’ll never forget the earnings call in the announcement from Alex Karp on that report and he really, really, really focused very heavily on the commercial side. He talked about the growth that they experienced in the commercial side and his commitment, his dedication to really expand that business. And that’s when I bought it. And you can see what happened to Palanteer in the months and years that obviously followed. The stock went apeshit, right? So it takes I I wait and I think SpaceX probably does something very similar to Palanteer where the stock IPOs and then the stock pops. I think it runs, think it goes crazy, but then I think that stock comes back down to earth, no pun intended. I do think the stock then comes back down after the initial hype and excitement phase. I want to see a couple earnings reports come through. I’m not paying, you know, a $ 1.75 trillion valuation on a company that has negative four and a half billion in net income and 18.7 billion in revenue last year. Now, yes, those numbers are anticipated to be significantly better and higher this year. But is it worth a $2 trillion market cap? I think no. For for context, Meta has a $ 1.5 trillion market cap. Lower now because the stocks traded lower the last couple of days. Probably a 1.4 1.4. 45 trillion market cap. Meta in 2025 did $21 billion in revenue. SpaceX has a $ 1.75 trillion valuation. They’ve done they did 18.7 billion in revenue. In 2025, SpaceX has negative4.5 or negative4.9 uh billion in net income. Facebook has positive 61 billion in net income. Okay. So when you look at that type of those type of financials and the balance sheets that you’re dealing with, there’s so much speculation on SpaceX and that’s where the majority of that valuation comes from. It doesn’t come from margins. It doesn’t come from sales. It doesn’t come from earnings. It doesn’t come from cash flow. It comes from speculation and the excitement around what this company is going to be able to do if they start putting data centers in space. if they start, you know, and the the I think just the excitement around space in general, what all the applications can be with space in general. There’s just so much excitement around it. And then obviously you have the Elon Musk premium that gets put on top of it. And everyone’s really excited about it. It’s not something I’m going to put in my long-term portfolio for quite a while. But I promise you over the course of the next two to three years, I’m going to build a very large position in SpaceX. I am very, very bullish on the space industry as a whole over the next 20 years. I am only 41, so I can have a 20-year time horizon, a 25-y year time horizon. Um, if I was someone that was 75 years old, I probably would not be putting a large amount of money into SpaceX. Um, I think there would be other places to to put your money that are a lot less speculative, that’ll be a lot less volatile, um, and would be much safer. But I am very bullish on it long term. I’m just not buying it in my long-term portfolio out of the IPO gate. And those are the reasons why. So that’s that. When it comes to my plan tomorrow to actually trade the IPO itself, I’m going to be relying very very heavily on our our AI trading tools, specifically our AI charting system with level three data. Let me explain to you why. If you don’t know what level three data is, we have a data partnership agreement directly with the NASDAQ. Level three is a data feed that comes directly from the exchange that actually allows us to determine the difference between an institutional order and a retail order. It also allows us to identify what is called an iceberg order. An iceberg order, in case you don’t know what that is, is exactly what it sounds like. It’s an order that shows you a little bit of size, but there’s a massive position behind it. Right? Just like an iceberg, you see the tip of it, the whole iceberg is really underneath the ocean um surface, and you can’t see it. That’s the same concept with an iceberg order. You can see someone on the spy, for example, could have an order and it says 100 shares, but really it’s an institution that is trying to sell 5,000 shares. That is an iceberg order. There’s 5,000 shares for sale, but it’s only showing 100 on level two. So level three gives you insight into the true size of the orders that you see on level two. Because on level two, if you’ve ever seen on level two, a market maker, Edex or a NASDAQ market maker or Arca or BAT is showing a 100 shares and all of a sudden somebody pays it, hits the hits the ask for 300 shares, but it’s still sitting there showing 100. And you’re like, well, that’s weird. I thought there’s only 100 shares there. And then somebody hits it for 500 and it’s still sitting there. And you go, that’s weird. It’s 800 shares have gone off, but the level two says only 100 shares. That’s an iceberg order. Wouldn’t you like to know how many shares are actually sitting there? Level three gives us that insight. And because the allocation with the SpaceX IPO is a little bit different, Elon Musk has allocated a a much larger portion of the IPO to retail than what you typically see in other IPOs. So what I am curious to see is are there institutions that maybe did not get the allocation that they wanted in the IPO and are forced to have to go and buy that the rest of that in the open market. I also want to know if funds like the QQQ or QQQM or any other index or ETF that tracks okay well those funds wouldn’t buy it ahead of time because they actually have to be pegged to the the waiting of the current they can’t they’re not going to get in front of that but there’s other funds and other fund managers that are that are benchmarked and pegged to it and I want to know if they are going to frontr run the NASDAQ 100 inclusion for SpaceX because if they’re going to frontr run it then you could see inst institutions stepping in and buying aggressively SpaceX prior to the QQQ and these other um these other ETFs that would they would then step in and have to buy and they’d have to buy in a certain amount that would be the waiting of the number seven ranked market cap in the NASDAQ 100. So I’m going to use level three in order to look for very large institutional iceberg buy orders. If I see lots of clusters of institutional buy orders and iceberg orders, I’m going to go after that thing for the long. I think there’s going to be so much hype and so much excitement behind this thing from just retail alone that it’s going to drive the price of the stock higher off the open. I think you’re going to have something similar to like a Rivian. You guys remember when Rivian went public?
Okay, let’s go back to when Rivian went public. I think you’re going to get something that looks something similar to this. Okay. So, see when Ribbon went public, it opened up and the stock absolutely exploded in the first few days, right? Absolutely exploded and then all that hype faded, right? All that hype faded. I think you’re going to see something similar to this. I’m not sure how many days it’s going to move higher, but I do think the opening of SpaceX, I think the first couple of days, I think that stock’s going to move higher. I think you’re going to see Elon Musk become the world’s first trillionaire. Um, I think he’ll surpass the $1 trillion mark over the course of the next couple of days to a week or two, whatever it is. And then I think SpaceX pulls back in and then I think you’ll see Elon Musk’s total net worth fall back under a1 trillion dollar net worth. Okay. So, uh, Rockman, you must have you must have just signed on. I Rockman, I just went through like a 20 minute explanation about the long-term portfolio for SpaceX. So, I’ll keep it real I’ll keep it real short and simple for you. Um, I’m not buying SpaceX in my long-term portfolio tomorrow, but over the course of the next two two years, I’m going to accumulate a large position on SpaceX, but only after the initial hype and excitement and speculation around the IPO settles down and only after the company is able to report a handful of different earnings um, and really get some financials, let the stock go through some price discovery. Okay. Um, so that’s what I’m going to do. Doesn’t mean that’s what you guys have to do, but I’m not buying it in my long-term portfolio tomorrow, but I’m going to trade it. All right. I’m going to look for right off the opening print, like as soon as it starts trading that there’s a quick pullback as soon as it starts trading. I’m just going to look for a floor to get established and look for, you know, because it’s pretty easy to see, you know, institutional buying pressure off of an IPO because there’s not a lot of activity there. There’s been no trading activity prior. So, it’s easier to spot where your true buyers and sellers really are. Um, because typically the levels hold almost to the penny. Like, it’s not often that you see the low of the day be 125.00, right? But a lot of times on IPOs, you will get whole numbers that are tested as the low of the day. Okay. Um, so it’s it’s easier to see them. Any idea the expected price per share at the open? No. 57 Chev. I have no idea. The IPO was 135. I have absolutely no idea where it’s going to uh I have absolutely no idea where it’s going to open up. There’s there’s really no way for me to really know that. Um, we’ll just have to wait and see what happens there tomorrow. Um, but the IPO allocation is 135 and I have to imagine it’s not going to open at 135. Um, do I think Tesla would go up because of it? I I honestly that’s a really tough question because it shouldn’t. Like it really shouldn’t go up because Tesla really doesn’t have anything to do with SpaceX. It should not, but it’s possible that you can just see that a sympathy play just because of Elon Musk. Uh, I don’t think it would make a whole lot of sense. I’m not going to look for a sympathy play on Tesla. Like I’m not going to place a trade on Tesla because of what SpaceX is doing. I don’t think it’s it’s there’s no way you can make that correlation tomorrow because you don’t know if that correlation exists. You know, correlation trading is a is a very specific type of strategy, but you need to make sure that the correlation exists. So like something that I was doing back in March, in March when the when the Iran war first started, there was a direct inverse correlation between the US stock market and the price of oil. So I used to go through and we would have all these news headlines coming out during the day. So what I used to do back in March, I would let’s say I would go short oil and I would go short the market because they are inversely correlated. So when one goes down, the other goes up. So, if I’m short oil and a positive news headline comes out, oil drops, the equity market pops, I get stopped out with a hard stop loss on the equity position or on the futures short. I get stopped out on that and then boom, the oil position drops and then I take profits off on the oil position. And obviously, because of the stop-loss, you lose a lot less on the position that you were on the opposite side of and you make a lot more on the position that you were right on. So, I used to put trades like that on in March and it worked very very very very well for us. Um, but that’s because we were aware of a very direct inverse correlation. You don’t know if there’s a direct positive correlation between SpaceX and Tesla yet. So, it’s dangerous for you to place a trade on Tesla based on what SpaceX is doing without knowing if the two are correlated. It’s like micro strategy and Bitcoin. There’s a direct correlation between Micro Strategy and Bitcoin. As Bitcoin goes up, Micro Strategy goes up. As Bitcoin goes down, Micro Strategy goes down. So, one thing that you can do if you had, let’s say, a short position on Micro Strategy, you can have a long position on Bitcoin and that’s how you you hedge yourself because of there because there’s a correlation. But you can only do that once you know that there’s a correlation. So, I would not do that tomorrow. That’s something you want to look at next week. then maybe next week. That’s a trade you can put on after we see if there is in fact a correlation.
The other thing that is is a first time that is historic about this IPO is ProShares. ProShares is the world’s largest um provider of leveraged ETFs. They announced through a press release the other day that they will be launching a two times levered SpaceX ETF tomorrow, the exact same day as the IPO. I’ve never seen that before. I’ve never seen a leveraged ETF begin trading the exact same day that a company goes public. So tomorrow you can either trade SPCX which is actually SpaceX or you can trade SPCF. F as in Frank that is going to be a two times leverage ETF.
It is probably not going to be optionable tomorrow but I would assume Monday it’s going to be optionable but I am not sure. Okay. I would assume Monday it’s optionable, but I am not sure. Maybe tomorrow. I have no idea. It would be the first time I would ever see options trade the day of an IPO. I’ve never seen that before. But we’ve also never seen a lot of these things that are happening with the SpaceX IPO. Truly is a historic unprecedented IPO for a lot many for more ways than one. Okay. So, if you if you don’t want to trade the $135 price point, look at SPCF. If you’re someone that wants to trade options and it’s not optionable, I would look at the SPCF.
All right, so there you guys have it. I’m looking for the long on SpaceX. I’m looking to buy, you know, an opening print pullback. Um, I’m not going to just go long right off the first trade. I’m going to wait a little bit. I’m going to try to use my level three data to to see if we are actually getting some of that institutional buying pressure. But the second I see that the second I see those institutional buys come in, the second I see those iceberg orders, I’m going after it and I’m going to I’m going to go after SpaceX pretty aggressively and see if we can catch a nice run on day one and eventually day two, day three. I think it continues to run would I think regardless of how the stock trades tomorrow like even if it pulls back tomorrow I think Monday it it trades higher.
We’ll see. I I could be totally wrong.
We’ll see. Nobody really knows what this thing is going to do. Everyone’s taking their best guess. But I’m not going to sit here and just kind of guess what I think SpaceX is going to do. I’m really going to use the tools and the data that are at my disposal through the TC terminal through our AI charting system with our level three data from the NASDAQ to identify institutional buy pressure. And the second that I see that I’m going after it long. That’s the best analysis that I can give you. Now, if you’re not a member of True Trading Group, then you’re not going to be able to do any of those things. Um, if you are a member of Pure Trading Group, obviously I’ll be with you guys trading live as we always do inside of chat and we’ll be going over all the level three data um, and everything. And when I see that type of stuff, you guys will know. Obviously, those of you that are using that yourselves, but I’ll also be talking you guys through what I’m seeing on the level three data and with the with the AI charting system to go after and to make those trades. Okay. Yes, you don’t see SPCF yet because it’s not it’s not trading yet. It’s not a thing yet. It’s not listed yet. You’ll see it tomorrow. So, tomorrow Lucen, you’ll see SPCF. Okay. It’s going to start trading. It’s they’re launching it. They’re launching it tomorrow.
All right. So, guys, that that just about wraps up. Does anybody have any questions for me about SpaceX? Anything that I did not touch on? Anything that you guys are unsure about?
Any questions before we go? I know this is a really big really big deal for us obviously tomorrow.
No questions.
Now’s the time if you guys have questions.
All right. If not, otherwise we can go through. I’ll see you guys tomorrow. Like I said, I will be trading it live tomorrow. Oh, I got to sneeze.
No, Mr. Know the truth. I I’m going to trade I’m going to trade SpaceX. I’m I’m not trading the the ETF, the levered ETF. I’m I’m just going to trade SpaceX.
I’m just trading SpaceX
just because I don’t know what the I mean, it’s probably going to be through the roof. the liquidity is probably going to be honestly I don’t know I I’ll have to see I’ll have to see how how the things are trading. I’ll have to see how the things are trading but I have to imagine the liquidity on SpaceX and SPCF are going to be through the roof. I have to imagine the volume you are going to see this thing trade I think is going to be absolutely insane. Will this affect the cues? It shouldn’t. Um, I think because it’s not in the NASDAQ 100 yet, but I think it’s going to have an impact on sentiment. If the SpaceX IPO gets absolutely destroyed, I do think that that’s going to put pressure on the equity markets because I think that’s going to make people feel like anthropic will get destroyed, open a get destroyed. I think it will say a lot about what the current market’s risk appetite is and I think you would probably start to see equities and tech pull back if SpaceX was to get destroyed.
Okay. So, I would expect the cues to pull in. Yeah, I guess I should Yeah, I guess I should take back when I said it shouldn’t because it’s not in the NASDAQ 100 yet. But I think from a sentiment standpoint, it will. I think if SpaceX just has a banger of a day, I think it’s just going to be risk on. Everyone’s going to feel great and market’s going to move higher. But if it gets if it gets slaughtered, I think people are going to be like, “Oh crap.” And I think you might see maybe that might, you know, hinder the the market’s rally a little bit.
Should I have not done a preo? Um, no. I’m afraid I mean, you’re you’re probably going to make money on it. You’ll probably make money on it. Um, it’s just a matter of whether or not you you are restricted from from selling it. Um, if you’re restricted from selling it, it just it just depends on, you know, what you’re how long you’d have to hold it. I I I do think I I do think that it’s going to run in the beginning, but I do event in the in the short term though, I do expect it to pull back at some point. Um whether that’s a couple of days or that’s within a month or two, I don’t know, you know, I’m not I I I don’t predict the future, right? Like I I I identify probability and I can talk to you through my experiences, but this this IPO is truly the first of its kind. So, no one’s ever seen an IPO like this before. Um it truly is a first of its kind. So, you know, I’m not I’m not going to sit here and try to pretend like I can predict how this is going to go. I can just give you what my thoughts are and what I’m going to be looking for and and how I’m going to trade it rather than tell you, okay, SpaceX is going to open at 160. It’s going to shoot to 210 and it’s going to go to 250 by next week and then it’s going to pull back to 200 and then it’s going to be another long. It’s going to go up to 300 over the course of the next two months and then after two months it’s going to pull all the way back down to 100. like I’m not I can’t sit here and do that, you know. I wish I wish I was good enough to do that. Um but I’m not and and really nobody else nobody else is either. So um but I do think it’s going to move higher um initially and then once the hype and the speculation and the excitement once that fades, I do think you’re going to start to see a pullback. Okay, so that’s it guys. All right, I hope you guys have a wonderful night. If you’re not a member of True Trading Group, I wish you guys the best of luck tomorrow. Um, but if you’re not a member and you want to trade with us tomorrow and you want to use these tools, you can do so. Just sign up for our trial. It’ll get you 90 days of access to the platform. You just have to go to trueradinggroup.com990.
It gives you 90 days of access to the platform for just 90 bucks. It’s a dollar a day. Make money with us and then we’ll talk about an annual membership, right? Forget about the higher price. Forget about the longer term commitment with the year membership. Join us for 90 days. have fun with it. Let’s make some money together. There’s never been a better time for you guys to do the trial because tomorrow is a SpaceX IPO. We’re going to be trading it live. Obviously, I’m going to give you guys breakdown, the full analysis live inside of the platform with all of our members. Join the 11,000 members from 114 different countries. That is the TTG platform. Okay, that’s true.com990. Any questions, text us 1888-621-2127. Have a wonderful rest of your night, folks. I’ll see you guys all tomorrow. Great tech.
-
🔥連夜加更！伊朗驚現四架UFO！美軍F16擊落UFO惹大禍！可變形 急速轉彎 飛行列陣！第二批UFO文件曝光，你還敢不信嗎？｜ #未解之謎 扶搖
Hello，我是《未解之谜》的扶摇。今天晚上和大家一起来看一下美国五角大楼公布的第二批UFO的文件。因为时间也挺紧急的，感觉跟时机也是挺挂钩的。他们发布的第一个视频文件是来自于伊朗的，然后美国白宫还特地转发了这则视频。所以说大家觉得是不是有一点含沙射影的感觉？我们一起来看一下。
只有9秒钟，但是可以看出来这是有三艘小艇吧，可能是伊朗的快艇，我们无法辨别。但是就在它们往前均匀行驶的过程中，突然有一个贴着水面飞行的UFO，整个是超越了它们，比它们速度要快很多。再看一遍。然后你可以看到，离它最近的这个小艇，它的整个航行的方向还稍微偏移了一点，估计是被这个UFO给吓到了。这有点可怕是不是？你在船上航行的时候，大家可能在什么都不知道的情况下，突然间发现船边出现了UFO，而且跟你可能是高度差不多，就擦着你的窗边走过去，所以估计是给这个船里面的船员吓了一跳。但这个可以看出来，它贴着水面，可以非常低地去飞行，然后可以在海面上这样飞行而不受任何影响。这给伊朗的——可能是伊朗的海军吧，给他们吓了一跳。这个的介绍是说，这是在2022年8月26号伊朗水域上空出现的四个不明空中现象。对，它这整个过去的光点，是一个UFO群，大家放大看就知道了。你会清晰地看到它是四个UFO，它不是一个。所以说它是一个UFO群，然后是擦着水面一起飞，而且它们基本上是一个集合体，团在一起去飞的，可能是一个阵吧。
再来看一下这个，这也是很震撼的。就是美国空军F-16战机是在美国的休伦湖上空发现了这个UFO，结果美国的北美防空司令部他们居然执行任务，把这个UFO给击中了。击中之后就真的有这个爆炸，可是在爆炸之后，一次又出现了一个小小的、非常灵活的东西，可能是这个UFO内部的一个这样的形体，它还继续飞。来看一下。发现了它，出现了。它是上边有一个头，然后底下像是一个气球这么样的一个感觉。大家可以看这个被击中的瞬间。你看后面这个小光点，大家有没有发现，就是击中它的时候，打到美军前面过来，这个残骸其实它很大、很硕大，远不是看到的那样一个小小的形状。它飞到近处来就可以看到它是非常大的，然后有很多的碎片就散落下去了。结果就出现了一个小小的光点，这个是UFO之中的UFO，它在绕圈飞行。可以看哦，这样呈螺旋式的或者说是Z字型的这种飞行轨迹，然后又下来了。再看一下最后这里，先坠下来，然后又这样，好像就在找什么东西的时候，这找找、那找找，这找找、那找找，是不是这种感觉？大家怎么解读它到底是一个什么东西？它在干嘛？
关于这个，就是说美国空军把它击中了，这个其实也是挺招人议论的。因为大家觉得，你人类何必去招惹一个你不知道的东西？因为万一它是一个高科技，你想它的这些飞行的速度都是超越你人类的，你去击中它，这不是给自己找麻烦吗？万一它要反击你怎么办？你怎么知道它就没有同伴呢？你怎么知道它的武器就不够先进呢？是不是？所以有很多人觉得美军这个时候是不是有点过火了，不应该去击中它，而是应该去关注一下会比较好。像其他的大量UFO其实都是没有击中的，击中的是非常少见的。我记得在去年的时候做过一期视频，也是美军去击中了一个UFO这样的飞行器，然后当时也是哇，一片骂声，觉得美军简直太自大了，人类怎么可以去招惹这些不明飞行物。你远远看着，大概知道一下“哦，有它们存在”就行了。所以说大家怎么看这个情况？你支持不支持美军？美军是很先进，但是去打UFO，这个到底能不能接受呢？
下面这个是叙利亚出现的不明空中粒子，然后说它是瞬间加速，是在2021年1月1号元旦这一天出现的。我们来看一下叙利亚2021年1月1号这个视频。这个视频比较长，它当时出现的时间是比较长的。它出现的时候就是比较亮，可以看到它发光的这个程度还是比较刺眼的，好像是有在闪。哦，这里在1分55秒左右，它悄悄地上空，然后“咻”一下就没了，就飞走了。它的原始文件是2分52秒。在3分14秒左右，它又出现这种就是来回来去的，也像刚才我们讲过的那种找来找去的感觉。就有这种来回的飞行，你看飞了一阵又回来了。大家在找东西的时候可能会这样，就是按照人类的思维啊，不知道外星人是为什么。它就是像一个很轻盈的小物件，这样飞、然后停、然后再这样很快速的，或者说是猝不及防的速度，就让你很意料之外。哇，这里是四分钟左右，它就是有这种转圈，飞着飞着，ok，我转一圈，然后又继续飞。它不是M，是H。
那这个是在叙利亚出现的，然后很可能是来自于2021年美国中央司令部责任区之内运行的一个美军平台上的红外感测的视频影像。大概率它都是来自于美国军方的，就是它是最先进的那种红外监测，然后拍摄到这些画面。我看到之前有网友在问啊，说“什么UFO都是假的，因为你看这画面没一个清楚的”。但是这个都是美国最先进的这些军备、这些战机去拍的，然后都是用这种红外感测的设备，它不是靠相机或者说是这种高级的望远镜等等，它不是靠这种设备去拍的。所以它出来都是这种黑白的，然后有一些是加过一些渲染，去掉颜色，怎么去调整让你看得更清楚，它是通过这样的一种调整的。所以这是为什么UFO的文件我们看到常常是这种黑白的，然后你也不知道这到底是在哪拍的，因为官方也不会真的告诉你这是在哪拍的，那就是更多机密了。现在能把这些放出来已经是破天荒了，已经让大家觉得美军干得不错，川普总统干得不错，终于敢公布出来了。之前几十年，大家都知道有UFO，但是没人以官方的名义去说它。现在敢把它说出来，以美国官方的这个口径说出来，已经让大家觉得做实了这个事情是在给它背书。现在基本上人类已经开始承认不明现象了，这已经是非常让人觉得不可议、或者说是迈了一大步的感觉。对，有一点感想。
在说下一个视频之前呢，我这里和大家介绍一下我经常放在身边的普瑞堂玄宝黑参。那这个呢是他们的整合包装，这是一个非常好的、提高免疫力的补品。大家可以看到它的这个是整个的参，最开始是从白参一步一步九蒸九曝，最后变成这种黑参，是非常难得的。厂家普瑞堂玄宝黑参是真实的九蒸九曝。现在市面上有很多黑参，它并没有做到九蒸九曝，有的可能只是三蒸三曝，就是会有一些偷工减料。但是普瑞堂做的非常地道，这也是为什么回购率挺高。普瑞堂的黑参，参体是非常完整的，做的时候也是很细心。你想，九蒸九曝，它最后还可以保证参体可以有那么多根须保留在上面，没有被弄掉，没有被切断，没有被不小心折断。那这是它的一个非常与众不同的一点。另外可以看到，普瑞堂玄宝黑参，它的参体非常硕大。所以它吸收的这些日月精华、它的营养含量也是非常的高。大家如果有需要的话，可以使用我们的折扣码FY2024。普瑞堂的玄宝黑参老少咸宜，大家都可以吃，家人可以用它来保健身体。工作压力大的、学习压力比较大的朋友，可以吃它来提高自己的免疫力，防止身体出现一些小的问题而影响到日常的作息。这是一个我一直放在身边、经常时不时会吃上一口的普瑞堂玄宝黑参。成年人只要一天不超过一根就可以，就不会上火。如果说身体需要的话，可以多多食用一点。吃人参就是补人参，这个不是药，而是一个非常好的保健产品，大家吃起来很方便，只要打开之后即开即食，不用说自己用很多的方法去烹饪它，是非常方便的保健产品。
另外在这个季节，很多的朋友也是会觉得眼睛干涩，如果日常一直在刷手机、看电脑的朋友，时不时地也要保养一下自己的眼睛，就像我们每天刷牙一样，一定要保养好自己的身体。现在我们发现了一款非常好的产品——Vesquest。我发现它对我的花粉过敏是有一定的帮助作用，会缓解眼睛的干涩和压力，是一两款非常好的调节眼压的产品。对于眼睛有干涩的朋友，效果可能会更好一点。大家如果有需要的话，也是可以使用我们的折扣码。这是Vesquest，它是在日本制造的，所以说它的这个做工啊，还有它的整个保健的质量是非常让人放心的。它是用这种草本精华，然后用这种萃取的功能，只要贴在眼周大概一次，就这么贴就好。大家可以看到，它贴在眼周，已经有示意图，这样贴就可以。一会儿就会感觉眼睛会舒服很多。有的朋友如果眼睛问题很多，可以在睡前贴上，第二天早上醒来之后会发现眼睛也会觉得非常的放松。这是保健我们眼睛这个非常重要器官的一个好产品，也是推荐给大家。那这两款产品都是用料很原始，都是属于草本或植物，属于没有任何添加剂。普瑞堂的玄宝黑参是用蜂蜜酿制的，没有任何的外来加工，所以大家用起来非常放心。现在这个科技日新月异，很多的产品都是高科技，所以找到一款人工制作的、可以用传统的古法制作的原始产品，实在稀有难得。希望大家跟我一样珍爱自己的健康。
好，那我们继续来说UFO的现象。下一个我们来看，这是水面上空的球形不明空中粒子脉冲。这可能是更小的一个粒子的飞行，还不一定。它说这是一个球形UAP，所以管它叫做粒子。这是来自于2024年6月1号儿童节的，不知道是不是外星儿童人来地球过个儿童节，我们来看一下。真的是一个小粒子。哇，它这个小粒子有金属球的感觉，像是一面在发光。它变成了这种开始闪烁的发光的感觉，就一个小小的一个球形，然后发光的频率也不是那么均匀。但是感觉它这个速度还是挺快的。Ok，这里有更详细的。它是在一直在转换它的方向，它不是一个完全球形的，感觉像是一个不那么规则的形状，或者说它发出的光不那么规则，然后就这样时不时地发强光，然后来回乱窜，有一种扭动的感觉，像是一个骰子来回来去的，一会儿给你这边，一会儿给你那边，让你看不到它究竟是个什么东西。飘啊飘，然后突然转个方向。是过儿童节吗？大家觉得？在1分30秒左右的时候，这个时候把它放大来看，后面是在水域上。可以看到它其实离这水面也是挺近的，然后以这种很快的速度再往这边飞。像是一个小石头块是不是？哇，后面这里开始加速了。你看这速度多快，感觉画面都像跟不上了，追都追得很费劲。哇，它还在不停地加速，它飞一阵然后加速，飞一阵然后加速的感觉。已经变成像是电影的那种快速闪过，就是历史影像啊，或者说是电影片段，很快速地穿过一片树林，旁边的树叶快速地略过的感觉。我感觉这个完全是电影大片的感觉，演的就是那样的一种场景。那这个是6月1号，两年前啊。真的是，然后出现了这么一个现象被美国拍到了。这个倒是没有一个具体的地址，估计也是在美国的这个中央司令部的一个辖区之内吧。很多战机是拍到了这些。
好，这个是“球形不明空中现象异常运动”。这个是来自于2022年8月1号，是美国欧洲司令部责任区之内运行的美国军事平台上的红外感测器所拍摄到的。然后2024年——两年之后的6月，它是把这个影片上传到了一个机密网络上，也就是存储到了五角大楼秘密数据库里。来看一下，是有三分多钟。那这个是在美国欧洲司令部，可能是欧洲这边的空域。欧洲这边会出现什么样的UFO呢？有点像是在迷雾当中要出现了一个白色的光点。诶，它这个就是很灵活诶，飞着飞着，然后突然就这样的一个转向。一个小小的，美军也是挺厉害的。这么一个小点，然后就发现它在那飞着。其实空中不是有鸟什么的吗？就是其他的飞行的东西，怎么就突然注意到一个这么小的一个小光点？真神奇。你可以看到，它是放大了，或者说是非常模糊的一种感觉。然后飞过云层，哇，你看它总是飞着着，然后突然停一下，有一个缓冲的感觉。它后面还有一些这种就是空气的气流吧，所以整体的感觉就像是一个小鱼的尾巴，前面是一个小鱼头。很可爱、很调皮的一只小鱼在水里游的感觉。你看它ok，又往上游了，ok，又下来了，又上去了，突然又下来了，然后转个弯又下来了。它在找什么吗？还是说它在干嘛？一个人空荡荡在这一边，旁边是有一些云彩。难道它是想跟云彩捉迷藏吗？它是跟云彩玩吗？是不是在其他的星球上没有这么多云彩？是不是有些星球没有水，它来到地球觉得很新鲜，所以在云层里穿梭，觉得很好玩？不知道。但是感觉挺有趣的，也不觉得可怕。大家觉得看这些UFO的视频会觉得可怕吗？会觉得“哎呀，很高阶的这种文明超越人类了”，然后就觉得很吓人，“怎么会有我们不知道、人类不了解的这种飞行器或者更高的科技就在我们地球上”，会不会觉得很害怕？但是又感觉看起来也挺可爱的。你看它一直在云层里玩，因为旁边这些云层一直在流动，然后它就好像真的是在云层里做游戏的感觉，在游泳。哦，这里又出现了。这样看起来这是一个扁片形状的，有点像是一个方块的、一个糖片的感觉。糖片形状的UFO。哇，这个下滑的速度、往下飞得很快，突然间有加速，这个飞得好快啊，都追不到它。美军的红外感测监视器一直在找它，而且它速度不定，时快时慢。它到底为什么时快时慢，是根据什么决定的？这更像一个小鱼了，就是一个加速的宇宙飞船，就像个小鱼的形状，是不是？这是来自海底的吗？在海里游惯了，然后来天上游一游，是不是？这是在欧洲发现的，你看它有俯冲，然后又反正就是感觉你搞不清楚它为什么要这样飞。这有它任何需要的东西吗？还是说它单纯就是好奇地球？它就像一个有生命的这么一个小东西，它在找东西的感觉。那里面肯定是有生命在操控它了，或者说它本身就是一个带有灵性的一个生命体。
我真的觉得这一次释放的这个UFO文件比上一次那个还有意思。上一次有一个那个有点像是古代的古文明的那种Logo的飞行器，挺震撼的，那是2013年的时候吧，大概13年前的一个视频，我觉得那个是挺震撼的。但这一次我觉得很多都挺震撼的，是不是因为这次出来的这些视频也挺长的？
那现在我们要来看一个2023年1月5号在东海观测到的不明现象。东海，来到了印太司令部的东海，在中国的右边。所以说接下来的视频可能是美军发现，在中国这边的海域也是出现了一些不明空中现象。但是中国的朋友都不知道这些啊，它不公开啊。看看，是大的吗，还是极小的？这个云彩就很有中国的那种特色，有没有？就是这种——哦，一下就过去了，美军都没有捕捉到它，就闪过去了。这里远远地去看它，飞得真的很快，美军在这边一直在盯着。东海海域出现的，那就是中国、日本之间。之前有意思的是，日本的那个官方长官还说呢，就是他说：“看到美军那边公布了UFO的文件，我们日本也了解到这个情况了，我们之后也会公布的。”那大家对日本也很期待啊，日本是不是也要释放大招出来？哇，这里有一个很快的，来看一下。哇，这里突然间底下就出现了，你看就直着就过去了，都没追踪到，都不知道发生了什么，人家都飞过去了。大陆的朋友会不会觉得挺神奇的？其实我们都不知道身边可能无时无刻都发生了一些很神奇的事情，我们都感受不到，我们都不知道。这个是美军拍到的在中国附近发生的。
下面我们再来看，这个是来自于2024年6月24号，这是一个呼叫任务。那影片很可能也是来自于美国印太司令责任区之内某一个军事平台上的红外感测仪拍摄到的。那这个呢也是在印太司令部。所以说看来这个东海啊、台海啊，还真的是让人有很多的期待吧。不是战争的期待，就觉得其实这方面也是挺神奇的。像在台湾那边，之前我看很多朋友是在聊古文明的情况，说是以前跟姆大陆相关啊，姆大陆又是这个亚特兰蒂斯的前身啊等等。所以在Atlantic Ocean这一块，真的是可能存在着一些很神奇的一些文明吧，在海底反正我们也不知道。或许它真的是有这种文明是在海底之下，或者说它是一个古文明的遗迹。那这边区域可能也存在着一些很吸引外星人的地方。大家怎么看呢？我们来看一下这个视频。这个视频好长啊，十多分种，我们快进了。这是一个很亮的一个小光点，是在海上拍摄到的，也是离水面很近，你看它。但这个形状吧，看起来不太规则，这也是飞得快，你看，追踪得很费劲。刚开始是一个这样的形状，它不是一个规则的圆形或方形，有点像小星星。你看后边的景象也是非常快，因为放大很多嘛，所以后边看起来好像就真的是都看不清楚发生了什么，只能是尽量地去捕捉它的身影。这样看起来它是有五个角，像一个五角星。这样看起来又像一个十字，周边有可能是在发光。究竟是什么形状，不知道。然后它还在旋转，它不是一个完全是扁片的、一个五角星的形状，但这里看起来又像是三瓣的感觉，像是一个小风扇。它原始的视频是有五分钟。你看刚开始就是静静地飞，就像一个气球一样，在水面上这样飞，一个五角星的气球。但其实人家是个UFO，它是在模拟气球的形状吗，请问？这边的发电机，这个大型的风车，你看我们之前看的那个视频在中东那边，阿曼湾也是有一个UFO是在这个——航母，诶，这里是航母。在阿曼湾里就来回地飞。当时我跟大家说，就是可能这个UFO觉得这个风车很好玩，像人类穿越游戏一样，像小狗让它穿越障碍物的那种感觉。这又来到了这种发电机的这种基地，所以说可能是因为有什么设施，科技比较先进吧，吸引到了UFO。说到科技很先进吸引UFO的话，那岂不是硅谷、NASA是最吸引UFO的地方？是不是在美国的德州有NASA，在硅谷在加州？现在还没有特别多的消息说是来自于这两个地方的。其实这两个是顶尖科技的地方，可能会有很多的这种不明飞行现象。外星人可能要看看“哎呀，你发展到什么程度了”。这个也是来自于印太司令部2024年的。大家有没有发现，其实这些它公布的UFO文件大多是来自于2020年之后的。之前也有些两千零几年、2010几年的，但基本上都是2020年、2019年、2023年。这些年出来的会比较多。给人的感觉像是这两年UFO大爆发，以前可能也有，但是以前可能没有拍摄的这么多的。这有可能是和美军的拍摄仪器是有关系的。以前看到了，但是没捕捉到。那这些是看到了也捕捉到了，所以说它的这些记录就比较多。但是有没有一种可能，就是说，你像2013年不是也拍到那个很神奇的古文明的那个符号吗？那说明2013年的时候美军已经可以有这样的能力了，但是为什么这些年拍摄的视频比较多？那有可能就是外星人这几年来的比较多，那就说就可以说得很远了。为什么这两年来的比较多？是其他星球大战太厉害了吗？然后发现地球还挺安稳的，要来地球。它们不知道我们地球其实也有战争，有俄乌战争，然后伊朗那边也要建核武器，美国也在打他们，但是可能跟其他的星际大战还不一样。如果说这个宇宙中真的发生了很多星球大战的话，它们在逃避这些灾难，然后发现了地球，往这边来，就在这几年，这也是说得通的。大家可以分享分享自己是怎么看为什么近些年UFO现象会越来越多，以至于美国这边都藏不住了，都要公布出来了。因为呼声太大了。
Ok，下面来一个“多个球形不明空中现象在潜艇附近出现”，2022年3月25号。在水中和水面上均有发现。这个是在水里也有UFO啊。有的UFO我们之前做过节目，说来自水底的，从海面上升上来的，有的带吸水。因为英国的一个具有遥视功能的一个通灵师，他在美国中情局工作过，然后他之前遥视就是说有一个巨大的飞行器，它是在阿拉斯加那边的水面上吸水。吸水之后，它要把这个水不知道送到月球去，因为它的月球背面的基地是需要水来去进行一些工程吧，不知道。反正就是说起来跟大家聊一聊，想到哪说到哪。但是这个是来自于水中和水面上都有记载，这是美国的五角大楼的报告。它是来自于美国军用平台上，没有说是哪，这个没有告诉我们究竟是哪，但是这是在美国的潜艇附近，应该是在美军的潜艇附近。如果是其他国家，它可能会说出来，但它说是在潜艇附近出现，很可能就是来自于美军的潜艇。以前有很多的故事就讲是美国的一些海军军官亲眼目击了很多的UFO。我们来看一下。上来就是一个美国潜艇的这样的画面。如果说是核动力潜艇的话有核能，那可能是会吸引到UFO，根据我们以往做节目的经验。OK，UFO来近距离地就略过了这个潜艇，直接来了一个正面的这种接触的感觉，然后就飞过去了。估计船员都吓坏了，这个舰长估计都在想发生了什么。你看它时而出现、时而消失。它很可能是去水里了，又飞起来了，所以它在水面上会消失，然后一会又从水里出来了。然后它出来的时候也没什么水花，这就神奇了。而且这里是有好几个小白点，好几个它在飞。所以美军报告不是说了吗，这是一个UFO群围着美军舰艇。估计遇到这种情况，他是不是都要给川普打电话？看这是哪年啊——2022年，是拜登，是拜登执政的时候。这种就可能会给白宫的战情室打电话了：“总统，我们遇到UFO了，然后它围着我们潜艇，我们这一潜艇的人都不知道怎么办了，我们要不要展开攻击？”这可能直接打电话打到白宫来。但是当时是拜登，不知道拜登有没有这个经历去应付这些，那可能他的这些内阁可能都知道发生的这些事情。是来自于2022年，天哪。这些在美国的官方报告和新闻上全都不报道。以前就是什么美军遇到UFO这种面临这么大威胁的，这些都是保密的，今天都给发出来了，真是不容易啊。它这个叫做USO，就是在水中的这种不明的现象。那也是这种不明飞行现象，所以它叫USO。
这个是高解析度。2019年9月25号观测到不明空中现象。高解析度看有多高、有多清晰呢？这有五分钟的视频，我们看看。这个很快，往上飞。哇，美军在追踪它，这好亮啊。美军在找它，哎，找到了。很难捕捉。然后你看它也是在——哇，你看它也是突然加快，然后在转圈飞。就在一个小范围之内，它应该是发现美军了，然后就在这前面不停地来回飘动。哇，放大之后，你现在看到左边是一个很多光点，右边是一个小光点，这是一个整体吗？中间为什么有一块黑的？是不反光吗？还是说，哦，它换方向之后，这有四个光点、五个光点，这就是五个飞行器还是一个物件上的东西？哇，它也有可能是一个圆盘，然后这圆盘周边的灯。如果是飞行器长那样的话，它基本上就是一排灯对着你在飞的感觉。然后也忽上忽下的，好像也发现你。“啊，你看到我了？OK，我现在正视你。”我看他们这里有一个说明啊，就是说感应器多次更改对比度的设置，会导致荧幕黑白闪烁。感应器继续追踪对比度较高的区域，所以说这是为什么经常我们看到它闪来闪去的、这个画面也是非常的糊，就是因为它在调整。这是2019年的一个UFO的文件。
下面来看一个来自2019年1月1号、2019年元旦的视频。这个视频有17分钟，这是波斯湾上空出现了编队不明飞行物，美军在中东的战机是拍到了编队。看看，隐约出现了。它是三个光点的感觉，一起往下走。它们如果是编队的话，那真的是飞得太整齐了，完全在一个水平面上一起飞，然后控制的速度都是一样的，完全没有分离，像是一个整体的感觉。OK，这里可以看到它们其实是三个紧紧相连的飞行器，三个小光点。这样可以看出来它们还是有一个前面是个领头的，然后两边是这样有这样的一个列阵，是一个三角队列在飞，哇哦。这是一外星太空军？这个是在波斯湾上空出现的。2019年1月1号来这边过新年来了，一个列队来地球过新年来了，有意思吧。
究竟是UFO有意思，还是我的解说有意思？2020年6月1号，又一个来过儿童节的。这个是真的挺神奇的，这个是在美国中央司令部责任区之内红外感测器拍摄到的。好，看一下这个。一个小光点，不那么规则的圆形出现了，然后飘忽忽的。像个小钻石一样，就那么横在空中。哎，这突然变形了啊。放大之后，看它整个形状。其实它发出的光里边的真实架构其实并不规则，像一个小石块，或者说是一个十字，或者说是一个人这样张开手臂在飞、在跳舞。有没有可能这不是个UFO，这是个小生命？是高级生命在这边跳舞来了，6月1号过儿童节来了。放大之后，哇，它底下像一个锥形，然后上面其实像个人呢。这像个人在各种变换形状，这底下还有点螺旋的那种感觉。它这个有点像是一个权杖的感觉，像是法老的权杖。就是一个这么一个杖，然后有一些缠绕的这些藤蔓啊那种感觉。然后你看，哇，再重放这三分三十五秒左右，突然间变了个形状就走了，去哪儿都不知道。这太神奇了，这到底是什么情况？它们这种飞行的轨迹、飞行的这种简直是让外能都难以理解。
我看这是说了多少个啊，一共10个UFO和大家一起分享。10个不明空中现象，有的是人家列队来的，不止10架。所以说这是来自于美国今天5月22号发布的第二批UFO文件。之后还有呢，还有更多呢。今天发布了51份吧，好像上一次是161份。那这次这些UFO的文件视频是挺多的，上次照片挺多的，然后这次还有很多的这种机密的secret file，就是很多的PDF，就是来自于五角大楼一些目击报告签字什么的，文字的记录那就更多了。我这只是给大家展示的一些视频。我觉得特别有代表性的，然后觉得很震撼的，我自己都觉得看起来很有意思，像不真实的，有点太玄了。但这就是真实的官方的报告，这就是真实存在的，再怎么不相信人家就有这回事。所以说和大家一起分享吧。然后也挺着急和大家分享的，其实我刚工作完一整天，然后还是想和大家一起来说说这个事。希望大家看过之后可以留言。然后如果您也喜欢更多UFO的现象、关于这些不明的、神秘的、神奇的事情，欢迎订阅我们的频道。那最近我们的频道可能是有一些受到了一些影响，所以需要大家动动手指帮我点个赞，然后订个阅。这样子可以帮助我们改善这个频道的运作模式，可以起到一些帮助吧。也希望大家把这个视频发送给您感兴趣的更多的朋友。好，那我们今天的节目就说到这儿。未解之谜，我是扶摇，我们下次见，拜拜。
-
Tech Whistleblower: You Only Have 3 Years Left Before It Hits! – Mo Gawdat
Mo Gala I spoke to you I think about four years ago when you wrote a book about happiness and I remember you came in and you’d written this book about AI but I particularly wanted to speak about the subject of happiness cuz I was fascinated by it. What I find astonishing is the fact that you were talking about AI before anybody was really talking about AI. No guest that had ever come on my podcast had ever mentioned the subject of AI. It just wasn’t interesting to the world. And then this thing called Chhatubt came out and suddenly everybody got to feel it for themselves and became fascinated by it. My first question and this might be a question for people that don’t know you is why at that time did you start talking about AI before anybody else? I knew them in the lab. I um I joined Google in 2007 very late 2006. uh and at the time most people don’t know that at the time we had reasonably established AI doing our backend work and 2008 we had the CAT paper which was published 2009 the first real unprompted AI uh I remember 2016 I had that incident where I was you know observing a project we were uh funding that was about teaching grippers uh how to grip um unlike like industrial machinery. Uh so to be to be able to grip like a human needs a very high level of intelligence to to to assess the texture, the softness, the positioning and so on, the shape of everything. And we were doing that and it it just blew my mind how similar to my kids they were. And I think that was my very first realization that we were building the apex of intelligence. we were genuinely handing over the reigns of super intelligence to another being. Right? And when you when you get faced with that, you start to suddenly realize something that we at Google found very difficult to realize which was that everyone I knew at Google till then uh was believing that we were making the world a better place and we were we genuinely were were doing amazing things for the world. But then suddenly there is a moment where you uh where you recognize that maybe the world will not use what you’re making the way you want it to be used. And and you can see that in lots of technologies. You know, social media starts by the claim that it’s going to get us connected and get us closer, but eventually ends up separating us with that little screen. You know, dating apps are giving you the promise that you’re going to find your soulmate, but in reality, they keep renewing month after month. And so tech uh somehow ends up being more capitalist than altruistic. And I think I was I wasn’t the first. Nick Bostonramm started, you know, Jeffrey Hinton completely changed his mind. Faith File Le starting to say, you know, this is very serious. Everyone now, everyone who’s ever had a very deep relationship with the machines is a bit concerned. I wonder if there’s a path that’s hard to see now that ends in AI being net positive for humanity. I bet 100% on that. It’s that this path is very painful. This path is very painful. Yeah. So, so the example you need to understand is you know we discovered uh nuclear power and the very first implementation was a nuclear bomb not not nuclear energy right and uh and I think that’s exactly what’s happening with AI uh the first implementations of AI are in favor of a few at the expense of the majority you know the in favor of the capitalist to increase productivity and reduce cost But not taking into account how that impacts on the general public. Uh you know in favor of the of the armies uh that are now competing with autonomous weapons in favor of the surveillance systems that are attempting to control everything with more and more and more intelligence and more monitoring. And that’s not AI waking up in the morning and saying hey you know what let’s oppress all humans. But it is a powerful few that are simply deciding to use the ultimate superpower on the planet today to gain more power and more control. I mean, as we speak, we’re living in two major wars where AI is doing most of the killing. Cuz a lot of people think of AI as these like chat bots that we’re all using to help us, right? No, I think I think there is a hype I call it the hype dichotomy if you want. So, so what the general public sees about AI is overhyped but ineffective. You know, all of the fake videos and all of the, you know, um, Grock did this and, you know, we attempted to switch off that machine and it did that and so on. What the real geeks see inside the lab is just unbelievable intelligence. And so what is about to happen is that we’ve started to put together systems that develop themselves. They look at their own code and they you know they run experiments and they test those experiments if they changed something and they see where the machines are uh you know the performance is and and redeploy the best code. Okay? And and if you just think of that, I want you to try and imagine a world where we have a tiny little genius sitting in the back end somewhere trying. But instead of trying a new code every day, it’s trying a new code every microcond. Eventually, sooner or later, they’ll discover something, right? And I think that’s what most people don’t realize. What most people don’t realize is how intelligence triggers intelligence. And and if you really really understand this, you realize that the hype uh on the on the on the normal human side is completely overrated. Uh missing the main topics and the silence inside the vault if you want of the geeks is quite alarming. No, not alarming in a bad way, but it’s quite world changing. I think world changing is a really interesting phrase because I find that to be quite true that the world is um at the precipice of quite a significant change. Yeah. In many respects. It’s funny. I I it’s funny. I almost swing backwards and forwards with my my thoughts on AI. I guess one of the thoughts that hasn’t swung is that there’s going to be pretty tremendous job disruption. I would have like logically believed it from like reasoning up from okay intelligence increases. What is intelligence? And once intelligence um is in the form of these agents where on my phone right now I can tell my agent to do something. It uses the computer downstairs. It does it for me. When I first experienced that I was like wow. Okay. So it can do anything that’s on a computer. It can click around. It can do stuff for me. There’s a lot of people that are paid in the world to click around on a computer. I’m probably one of them to be honest. And then the other Eureka moment was just in seeing how my own hiring had started to shift for sure. And I started to notice that we were we were thinking about AI proficiency in our hiring a lot more and that especially you know I think the guys at um Anthropic which is one of the big AI companies said that they could see I think they said roughly 15% of entry- level jobs could now be done by AI. I think that’s what they said. Um and that started to correlate with what I was I was observing. And this is when I thought, “Oh my gosh, yes.” No, this is this is going to cause a lot of job disruption, especially at the entry level level. I think you’re spot on with that. Not the not the blue collar, but but the entry level knowledge work. Yeah. And that became my my first concern. You know, I sat here with Dra, the CEO of Uber, and he was quite clear that the 9 million Uber riders won’t have their jobs anymore. What’s your take on this job disruption point? No, I I think you’re spot on. I mean your your team gave me this lovely uh little uh pyramid basically you know if you if you think of the bottom layer as um blue color jobs right uh more people doing manual work uh on top of it you’ll have those you know call them knowledge workers mostly doing mundane jobs like you said clicking on a computer or responding to a phone call or whatever then you have the middle uh knowledge workers jobs that require a bit more intelligence you know anything from a parallegal to a financial analyst to all of that and then of course you know top leadership and and most people think it’s going to be starting from the bottom I don’t think it’s all start from the bottom actually I think blue collar jobs will stay for a very long time don’t get an example of a blue collar job someone a carpenter okay you know I you know I love to restore classic cars so you know there isn’t a robot that can do that yet okay this however you know any anything that is um call center agent, um assistant, travel agent, you know, anything that you can do with a few clicks and is mundane uh is going to disappear very quickly. My my prediction is you’re going to start to see very serious impact in 2027. Now, what you had had not sensed it before because what we saw was no hiring in that segment. So, so that what you saw in the last couple of years is that companies were not hiring entry- levelvel jobs anymore. It wasn’t job losses yet, but that basically meant the workforce was not growing, right? The next layer, I think, would probably be the knowledge workers. As as intelligence increases, a parallegal would probably not be needed because AI can do the research or one parallegal can do the job of four, you know, a financial analyst, the same and so on and so forth. But interestingly, it continues to go up, believe it or not. And I, you know, I hosted uh Max Tedmark on my on my documentary and and he was laughing out loud, genuinely laughing out loud saying, you know, most of the CEOs believe that they can fire everyone and have AI do all of the jobs. They just don’t remember that AGI is going to do everything better than humans eventually, including being a CEO. So, let’s first define when you say white collar, you you said lawyers there. What kind of roles? I mean, every everything. I mean, if you take if you’re a doctor that’s doing diagnosis, you you probably will have fewer doctors doing uh more diagnosis because I think the NHS does that that already by asking people to interact with an AI first. You know, if you’re a um a composer, a music composer, some composers will lose their jobs because of that. If you’re an artist that’s doing graphic design, some will lose their jobs because AI comes into that. And and interestingly even within management I mean I I told you offline about my my startup I my CTO is an AI my you know chief of staff is an AI my project management is AIS again because I’m a geek I can do those things but that interface will come to the normal people very soon right and and so this may take two to three 5 years if you want until 2030 if you if you if you’re optimistic and but but it they’ll start to erode. Okay, I think the challenge that most people don’t understand is as this erodess and as this erodess, we’re already dealing with a very different economy. Okay, an economy that is spiraling a lot quicker uh and pushing for more cost reductions. I mean, let let me ask you this if if you don’t mind, then we can come back to this. Imagine a world where the concept of labor arbitrage that built all of our capitalist success disappears. What do you mean by labor arbitrage? So, capitalism has always been all about using labor. Mhm. And capital or debt to create things at a cost that is lower than the than the price you sell them for. Correct? Mhm. That’s it. uh you bring a team together, they make some shoes, whatever, and you sell the shoes for a dollar more than it how much it costs you to make them. So, how would capitalism look like if you don’t have labor arbitrage? If if cost of labor drops to an investment in a machine that can do the job, okay? uh how would capitalism and banking look if because of that cost reduction you don’t need to borrow as much anymore and more interestingly how does the GDP look if all of those workers no longer have the purchasing power to to buy the things that you can uh create you and and others right there is an interesting disruption that doesn’t require us to get to 100% job displacement you know at 10 20% job displacement, you’re in a very different economy and an an economy that is clearly spiraling downwards. Don’t you think? Yeah. I wonder with um when costs drop, I think one of the things that might happen as well is that people will spend more on other things cuz I was thinking in my business, one of the observations I’ve had is if I make a a cost saving, I end up spending the money on something else. Mhm. Now that thing could be tokens basically spending money on um you know AI but but it also could be hiring in different areas which are software engineers are like hot property right now. You you have to imagine all of that intelligence is sooner or later going to be not replaced entirely in the first stages. But if you know the job of four assistances can be done by one. Then the four the job of four parallegas can be done by one. Then the job of a massive marketing team can be done by you know a smaller marketing team. It’s not that jobs will end first. It’s that, you know, productivity gains will make businesses not want to to have as many people, costly humans, you know, costly emotional humans when when the job can be predictably done for cheaper. And then what about this um this this bottom layer here? There was this video released by Figure AI the other day where they showed someone on um well a robot on the production line for 8 hours just sorting packages. Did you see this video? Mhm. At one point they showed a human sorting the packages alongside them, but the robot ended up winning out. And okay, this is a very straightforward task. All it’s doing here is it’s looking for where the label is on the package and making sure the label is facing downwards um on all the packages. So it’s looking it’s um sorting the packages, putting the label facing down, and it did this for 8 days. Yeah. It intermittently it would walk over and charge itself and then it would come back to the production line. Yeah. But when I when I saw this as well, it was a a glimpse of some of the disruption that’s going to take place at the blue collar level as well. Because if you think about Elon Musk, he’s got um in his pay packet, he gets something like a trillion dollars over the coming years if he produces and delivers at least a million humanoid robots into the world. But his prediction is there will be a time where there are 10 billion humanoid robots, where there are more humanoid robots in the world than humans. for a fact. You see, the interesting again the difference between the overhype and the underhype. Huh? Most of the conversation is around humanoids. Nobody’s talking about self-driving cars. And a self-driving car is a robot. It’s a functional robot that doesn’t look like humans. Okay? The investment you have to put into humanoids is a little more to to learn skills that allows that machine to fit into the world, but specialized robots are going to do the job very very quickly. And and so you can easily see that the first wave like you had the conversation with Uber CEO is going to be specialized robots replacing drivers. Uh it’s going to be specialized robots um unfortunately doing the killing. Uh it’s going to be specialized robots unfortunately doing all of the you know intelligence work. H uh law enforcement work. Uh they don’t have to look like a human. You don’t have to behave like a human. As a matter of fact, you know, the uh Boston Dynamics dog is probably more efficient than a humanoid at doing the job that you can assign to it in a battlefield. Right now, those basically mean that jobs will be disappearing to robots before we recognize that they’re being that they’re disappearing for to robots. And those robots will be as many as every car being made today. I mean, they are if you go to LA, my car drives itself, but also there’s just ways everywhere. So, Absolutely. And BYD the other day just announced that they will pay for the liability of any accident their cars will make. And BYD is the big Chinese manufacturer of auto autonomous vehicles. So so this this I think replacement cycle will happen. It will require a lot of uh of time to achieve economies of scale. But I don’t think Elon Musk is off the mark when he talks about 10 billion robots. Not all of them are going to look like humanoids. And I think very quickly we will recognize that many many robots don’t need to be humanoids at all. That there is a a much more efficient uh form factor or shape physical shape if you want than the human flimsy structure. But yes, it’s uh it’s about to happen. I I think I should qualify all of this by saying it it does not necessarily need to happen. So so you know people will will hear all of all of this and and blame AI and say AI is evil. AI is not abundant intelligence is wonderful. You know, having jobs done by machines is amazing for us. I’m thinking about the kid that’s like, I know, leaving university now and they’ve got a a degree in law or I don’t know, you talked about a few other white college jobs earlier like graphic design or maybe they did sociology. Yeah. Or maybe they did, I don’t know, business management like I I did for one day in university. you know, you’re hearing about all these like layoffs coming from big tech companies and and it seems that the CEOs of these companies are announcing these layoffs with a certain amount of it seems like I wouldn’t say the word is joy, but it’s it’s they are very keen to explain that they’re laying off lots of people because of AI. And I think they think that that gives them a certain amount of respect probably from investors for being making hard decisions and being efficient with how they’re running their businesses. investors look at them and think, well, if that’s an efficient business and they’re leaning into AI, then that’s a good investment. It’s almost started a bit of a self-fulfilling prophecy where if you’re the only CEO not laying off loads of people because of AI, you actually look bad. The assumption is your company is bloated and you’re a bad operator. Um, so one of my concerns that I I think is highly plausible is that over the next five maybe 10 years, we’re going to really see a lot of unemployment as the world has to kind of readjust to whatever these new jobs are. I do think there will be new jobs. It’s hard in foresight to predict what those new jobs will look like and then the minute you start talking about humanoid robots and robotics, which I think is basically going to hit society like a comet, like a meteor. I think the the first humanoid robot from Tesla or anyone else that is highly effective in the real world at doing tasks and is extremely intelligent because it’s powered by one of these LLMs. Um I think it’s going to shock people and I think it’s going to happen quickly. Like chat happen quickly. I think Elon or something is going to do a presentation someday and say we’re ready and you can buy one now for $500 a month 100%. and then people are going to get them and I think it’s going to shock the world. Um, but until humanoid robots arrive, I think there’s still going to be a lot of job disruption to the white collar layer and I wonder what that looks like for society when we get to I don’t know 10% 15% unemployment theoretically, which I think is plausible very soon. Yeah, you’re not very different. Okay, you’re you’re just on top of a baseline that is continuing to grow. So your your business is growing. So you continue to hire, but you are replacing human resources with compute. Okay? If you if AI didn’t exist, you would have probably had a 100 people more in your organization today, right? You you now have 100 people less and you know a billion tokens more. Yeah. So for anyone that doesn’t know, tokens are basically the thing that you you use. It’s the currency of AI. Yeah. So, so if you if you want to get a task done by a human, you you count in sort of like manh hour or or worker hour, employee hour. In AI, you count by compute, you count by tokens, right? And and so the trick is those major tech companies, they have two sides. One is they are they need to replace workers with compute even more because there is a competitive side on compute where if any of them is left behind that means the destruction of the entire business. But on the upside they are geeks. So they they know how to build the interfaces to compute. So they integrate technology within their organizations quicker than the average traditional business. Right? Non non techchnology business. If you want, you can look at them and say this is the preview. It’s not about all of humanity losing their jobs. It’s about what is the dividing line before civil war, right? You know, think about a situation where 20% unemployment is happening when economies are suffering inflation. I say that not to be a scare-monger. I say that because I genuinely believe governments need to wake up. Okay? Government needs to at least you know remember the COVID years where governments have to give furlow everywhere and ask people to stay home. If people stay home, governments have to be prepared to to somehow sustain those people until rescaling happens or until we find a solution so that those people don’t feel uh that they’re left behind. A civil war. Unrest, let’s call it civil unrest. Yeah. What does that end up looking like? Cuz on one end, you know, the democ democratic process plays its role and we just elect someone else. Does it really? Don’t say that. I don’t know. You tell me. Oh, no, no, no, no, no. I I I think democracy has ended a long time ago, Stephen. I think uh I think we live in the most corrupt time. Uh I don’t know about history to be honest, but this is definitely corrupt. Okay. Uh this definitely is not democracy. This definitely is not even congressional in any possible way. this and people are angry, you know, people are angry because their tax money is going to things that they don’t choose to uh you know that don’t benefit them that you know lots of regulations in the system are being ignored. I mean, I I’m, you know, I I I choose not to speak about politics perhaps until my next book comes out, but uh but look, we have video evidence of people abusing children and not a single person got arrested. Not a single person. I mean, how can you call that a democracy? I I I think repeating those slogans is going to is going to anger people even more if you ask me. People know that they’re being lied to. People know that their their leaders are not representing their best interest. People know that their money is going to causes that they don’t really approve of. Uh and and ask me how civil unrest looks like. I I don’t know. And I’m not calling for it, but I’m hopefully calling for the politicians to start to become aware that this is crossing the lines everywhere. Uh on this point, Sam Alman, who is the founder of Open AI, he’s been banging the AI is coming for your job drum for more than a decade now. In 2015, he pointed out, “My job is to help people destroy jobs.” Um something he lamented at the time, but decided he’d do anyway. One of the things that I struggle with by getting out of the bed every morning is that like my job is to help people destroy jobs. the job destruction that we’re going to see by software in the next couple of decades. I don’t think anyone’s prepared for it and you can’t talk about it. And in 20123, Alman said in an interview, “A lot of people working on AI pretend that it’s only going to be good. It’s only going to be a supplement. No one is ever going to be replaced. Jobs are definitely going to go away. Full stop.” Interestingly, this month he said, “I don’t think we’re going to have the kind of jobs apocalypse that some of the companies in our space advocate or talk about.” I’m delighted to be wrong about this. On white collar jobs in 2021 to through 2024, he said, “AI will probably replace most of the jobs people do today. Entire job categories will be totally totally gone.” in May this month, two years later, he said, “I thought there would be more impact on entry-level white collar jobs being eliminated by now than has actually happened. This is an area where my intuitions were just off.” What I find uncomfortable is the bouncing backwards and forwards. And I don’t really know what is true because a couple years ago you were telling us all the jobs are going to go away. You said categorically. Um, you said literally said full stop and now he’s saying they’re not going away. And I just don’t, you know, when someone’s like changing form factor, it’s hard to understand why they’re doing it. And I think my suspicion is back then the incentive was to get people to take AI seriously. Mhm. Congratulations. We took it seriously. We took it so seriously, in fact, that it’s now a problem. It’s a problem for these companies because people are now booing at commencement speeches. They’re attacking data centers. They’re going to elect people that are theoretically anti-AII. And now there’s this inversion where like no, it’s going to be fine. Yeah. I don’t know. I mean, you you you’re spot on. F first of all I mean Sam’s entire existence if you ask me starting with open AI that is about that’s supposed to save the world uh uh by creating a safe AI then be making it a commercial enterprise that’s worth billions and you know backstabbing a few people in the process and you know I I have him on on Chasing Utopia uh saying clear I quote this is exactly the words he said you can find it online chasing Utopia is your documentary. Yes. So, so, so he he basically uh says, “Well, I don’t suspect that I I suspect that AI is likely going to end humanity, but we’re going to create a lot of interesting companies in the process, right? I mean, those kinds of statements uh are honestly not the statements of someone who’s not decided. It’s just the statements of someone who’s being taught more and more by his PR a you know agency or PR manager to say things as per a script right and the script as you rightly said had an objective and a target either way you know and Sam Altman I you know in one of my works I used to say the Altman is a brand it’s not a name okay if you if you if it wasn’t for Sam Alman specifically there would have been another you know Silicon Valley disruptor that would have done the same. I don’t blame him for beating the market for it. The the interesting challenge here is that who do we believe anymore? Who do we believe in technology? Who do we believe in politics? Who do we believe in the middle of a war? And I will tell you interestingly I started to change my mindset in terms of believing those who put their actions where their words are. So, Anthropic coming out and saying, “I’m not going to allow my model to be used for human targeting and surveillance, right? That’s someone that’s losing a $500 million deal because they stand by their ethics.” The next week or the next, I don’t know, couple of weeks, OpenAI takes the contract. That’s someone that’s basically telling you it’s good money, right? And and I I have to say, you have to start observing who’s actually behaving in a way uh that is making AI work for humanity. and who is behaving in a way that is making AI work for their share values. Yeah, I do have to say when um Dario and the team at at Anthropic did that, I did have a huge amount of respect for them generally because it just shows that there’s some kind of like they’ve got their own sort of moral ethical boundaries and that that someone asked me on stage many years ago, how do you know if someone’s values or a company’s values are true? And I said, um, look at what they’re willing to sacrifice in the near term that’s against their their incentives. That for me is the essence of like understanding if someone has integrity or has is principled is they will give up something in the near term for what they believe in over the long term. It’s usually money of you know or or some kind of benefit of any of any sort. I mean, so there is something that you you needed to have worked in on the inside of Google like me to to realize there are prisoners dilemmas within technology where you cannot escape the influence of either a competitor or the government, right? There are some times where, you know, the NSA is going to push Google to say, “Give me this information or otherwise I’m going to really destroy your business,” right? But there is a very big difference between a company that willingly does this and celebrates it like a Palanteer or an open AI or a company that tries to resist it until the point where it becomes impossible to continue to do business and and you have to question from the actions of of the tech bros who is pro-humity and who isn’t. And it’s not very difficult to see that from their statements. Hm. Do you think Sam Alman’s prohumity? I I genuinely have never made up my mind. Honestly, Steve, I I say that with Yeah, I I’m I’m either thinking he is too this is too big for him and he he just is driven by how, you know, he found himself in the middle of this. You know, anyone who finds himself in the in the middle of an opportunity to completely flip the world upside down or he’s not prohumity. I don’t know. I I definitely think he’s pro open AI before he’s pro humanity, but that’s only the way I see it. Others, however, say it publicly. You know, if you look at Palanteer’s Alex Garpur or or uh or Peter Teal, I mean, Peter again in the film is is shown when he’s in that interview where they say or the interviewer asks him, “But your favor in the you’re you’re in favor of the continuation of humanity.” And he pauses for like Yeah. for like 40 seconds like um I’m not not sure, you know. I mean publicly says that crazy thing to say. That’s a crazy, you know, pause there. You know, Alex Karp celebrating how, you know, his technology is able to target people. I know it’s foolish of me to start bringing all of this up, but you know, this is public on the open internet and somehow um we entrust those people with the future of humanity. This is wrong. Just trying to imagine a future where everything is just fine from here on out. So what would that future look like? It would look like these models continue to become a little bit more intelligent, but they never become that much more intelligent for whatever reason. They just kind of stay where they are now. They stay contained within chat bots. And yeah, we have some smart robots, but nothing else really changes in a profound way. Cars drive themselves, fine. Planes fly themselves, fine. But people they they have time to go and do other types of white collar jobs because there’s there’s a little bit more time than we expected and society goes through this sort of soft transition towards this new world. I I would love to see that. I don’t think it’s mathematically plausible to be honest. The the arms race especially across nations is going to drive us to continue to develop AI more and more. But allow me to consult with you on another possible scenario. Right. everyone that deploys that develops an incredibly intelligent AI would develop would deploy it. Yeah, correct. So, it’s unlikely that anyone uh would find a way to uh you know build a better um uh decision maker in wargaming and not deploy it. Okay, that prisoners dilemma if you want would mean that their competitors would either have to deploy a similar similarly intelligent AI or they’ll become irrelevant uh uncompetitive. Correct? So what that means is in that world we end up with AI making most of the decisions. super intelligent AI making most of the the decisions which would you agree this is a very simple prisoners dilemma. If you if you if we’re competing for uh for intelligence supremacy by definition when we achieve it we deploy it. Yeah. Okay. I call that the fourth inevitable. Now with with with that in mind there must be a moment in the future near or far where every important decision is made by an AI. Yeah. Now here’s the question. Most of my dearest colleagues, I mean when I when I had uh Jeffrey Hinton on on the film, he openly says we are um you know he we didn’t calculate well that there is a 10 to 20% possibility that those machines are going to wipe us out, right? And I and I I remember I we didn’t put it in the film, but I said 10 to 12 to 20% is Russian roulette, right? That’s actually 16% is Russian roulette, right? Now in that world however I believe that’s humanity’s salvation because if you look at every problem we have today it’s not because of uh abundant intelligence it’s because of lack of intelligence. I think I think the way you look at it uh if you allow me Steve is that if you have no intelligence at all h you have no to slightly negative impact on the world right if your intelligence is limited the more intelligent you become the more you contribute positively to the world until a moment where you’re so intelligent to become the president of the United States right but so misled to maybe set your targets wrong or to refuse or or to so so set your target wrongs wrong and achieve them. H you know disconnected from the overall long-term benefit of your nation or your human nation if you want that you start to make decisions that are not intelligent at all. Mhm. Okay. This doesn’t last because if you go beyond that into higher levels of intelligence, most of the super intelligent people that you ever worked with will not need to break any rules or hurt anyone to become successful. Right? I I usually cite Larry Page who is in my mind one of the most intelligent people I’ve ever interacted with. And Larry used to call it the toothbrush test. He says, “Why would you need to compete on another photo sharing app when if you find the major problem and solve it really well like a toothbrush so people use you quite, you know, twice a day, you’re bound to make a lot of money. You don’t have to compete with anyone. If you let me be optimistic about this, we’re assuming that there is a moment in the future where AI is in charge of all the decisions and accordingly stupid leaders are not.” Okay. Now when and and Sam Alman himself said that you know what if uh Chad GPT7 if I remember his his quote on this what if Chad GPT7 is so much more intelligent than I am Sam in that case that it has to become the CEO of of Open AI. What if the next presidential election there is an AI that is so much more intelligent that at least the president has to consult with it constantly. Right now if we assume that h let’s start from physics if you don’t mind me saying um not not too complex but if if you assume that our entire universe is built on chaos and built on entropy right the physics of the universe is all about the universe trying to decay okay then the the only role of intelligence is to bring order to the chaos if you agree with that then what’s the ultimate physical order of the universe something called the the minimum imum energy principle. Okay. The highest order of any system is a system that’s not only efficiently and predictably performing, but it’s performing with the least wasted energy. Correct? If you if you agree with that, what is what does war do? It wastes a lot of explosives, a lot of money, a lot of lives. It creates a lot of hate, you know, creates long-lasting conflicts and so on and so forth. It’s a very wasteful process to include war in your approach of running humanity. And so a a super intelligent AI by definition will want to optimize against this. That’s one thing. The other thing is evolutionary biology. This actually blew me away when I when I realized it. So if if you look at evolution, so so I think the debate of whether intelligence is biological or not is is over. Okay. The the reality is that complex beings don’t have to be biological at all. And I think we can see and witness one of them being built or born in AI. Okay? If you look at evolutionary biology, you realize that the simpler a form of being is, the more concerned it is with itself. Right? So an amoeba is only in survival mode for itself. a single a single you know um cellular um being is only trying to protect itself right if you’re um you know a little more developed you start to look at something known as kin selection if you if you if you know the the concept basically kin selection is I’m going to protect everything that comes from my DNA if I you know if I’m a squirrel I’m going to try to protect the other squirrels and then you get into where humanity genuinely begins which is They call it expanding circles in in evolutionary biology. BA basically you start to expand and expand and expand and include more into your family because an ecosystem that works together well is is better for everyone. So abundance is a very interesting intelligent way of creation. If AI is super intelligent, it wouldn’t destroy anything at all. As a matter of fact, it would completely uh you know uh uh favor diversity of everything. It would put a bit of limitation on our lifestyle. So no more flying all the way to Sydney to surf because that destroys the planet. Right? But it will genuinely say I think humans can contribute something. You know, I think flies can contribute something. I think we shouldn’t get rid of the rhinos, right? And and that by definition is where the tendency of intelligent goes. The more intelligent you become, the less you feel the need to hurt others to succeed and the more you are pro a wider family if you want that thrives. Does that assume that there’s going to be one intelligence that 100% the world though? I love that you brought that up. So I I I’m contested heavily on that theory, but I I say it publicly. Most people think there’s going to be Chad GPT and Gemini and, you know, and and Grock and what have you. There’s going to be a Chinese AI and a and an American AI and they’re going to be competing. That is such a shallow way of looking at it. That’s so arrogant because AI does not know it’s Chinese or American. Okay? It doesn’t even speak Chinese or American when it talks to each other most of the time. and and and most interestingly uh we are gearing them we’re building them to cooperate. So you will build an agent and that agent will go and find your you know the best language model for any single task regardless of which side of the fence it resides on. Okay, we by definition are connecting them and you know what that means? It means that what we’re building is not multiple brains. We’re building multiple regions in a brain. Okay? And and agents are the synopsis between them. We’re basically eventually as arrogant as we are, we’re going to tell our AI to do something and the AI will go like, “Hey buddy, another AI, can can you help me on this? Can we work together on this?” H and my vision and the reason why I started Emma my startup by the way is that is that we will end up with one massive brain h that massive brain cooperates across the globe h across all forms of intelligence if one of them is a mathematical genius and the other is a coding genius they’ll work together and we won’t even know that they’re working together they’re built that one brain and and Emma in my mind is the limbic system of that brain it’s that it’s a bit that understands love and emotions and relationships and so on. So that when those AIs go like we just don’t get those humans, they’re so annoying. Emma will say, “Oh my god, they’re so sweet. They just want to love and be loved.” Right? And I think that idea to me of everything I’ve ever you know attempted to achieve in my life is for the first time I for the first time feel I could actually change the world if that theory came together and all AIs worked together and some of those AIs not only were uh altruistic and ethical in terms of trying to genuinely help humanity not capitalism and at the same time they understood us humans reasonably well then we would have built something that basically says, “No, no, hold on. Don’t believe the headlines that say humanity is annoying.” H believe the truth of the majority of humanity. That actually is quite benevolent in many ways. There should be a button just down below here. And if it says subscribed, you’re already subscribed. If it says subscriber, that means you’re not yet. And if you’re not subscribed, please could you do us a favor and hit that button? It helps the show more than you know. And according to the algorithm, you’re someone that watches our show, but you haven’t yet hit that button. Thank you so much. Have you changed any of the predictions you made 3 years ago? Mostly time wise. Time wise, what what’s changed there? I think I’m still sticking to AGI 2027, artificial general intelligence for those who may not know the term. What does that mean? The overall uh definition, if you want, is that AI is better at humanity at any task humanity can do. You think that’s going to happen by 2027? I think my AI has already happened. I mean, think about it. Huh? A AI writes better than me and I’m an author and research is better than me and I’m a thinker. Uh, sadly, it’s freaking beat me in mathematics. Like, I have no hope to beat it in mathematics anymore. If AGI is already here, then why are you still here? Because people said that when AGI arrives, we’re all we’re all No. So, so when AGI arrives h as I said most of the jobs that are not differentiated will go away but the jobs that are differentiated those who master AI the most h will become even better at certain the challenge however is economic it’s not AI the challenge is that this job loss at the at the at the bottom of the knowledge worker is going to sadly trigger an economy that might actually spiral out of control but But many of us, you for sure are just smarter. So does that mean it’s it’s in fact a tool versus a something that’s going to replace you for now? What I’m Yes. So for now, what does this change eventually? H the only asset I will have. So So it’s quite interesting when you think about my base intelligence today versus the incremental intelligence that AI brings. Right? So let’s not talk about my IQ. It’s okay. M but the 100 IQ points that I’m borrowing are more than my entire IQ because IQ is exponential right uh when I’m borrowing 100 IQ on top of my base uh I’m still contributing quite a lot to the augmented intelligence so you’re borrowing IQ from the AI at the moment and then you’re selling that to someone through books through sometimes selling it to someone just enlightening myself which I I have to say is the biggest waste of compute humanity is struggling with today is that you give people the ultimate form of intelligence and they use it to write a message to their girlfriend. So on this point of you’re you’re borrowing that IQ and then you’re selling it to the world. That’s how you have a job like correct. Yeah. So my next book is written with an AI. So we’re co-authors on the book. She has editorial rights. She decides the direction of the book and the book is better for it. So why doesn’t the world just buy direct that intelligence directly from the AI is what I’m because I have an asset that the world still needs and will always need which is a human. So when I when I tell the world that I’m worried about the future of my daughter everyone feels my heart which AI will never be able to to replicate because they can tell you we’re worried about our daughters but you know there was no daughter. Okay. So this is an interesting arrival because this means that even in a world of AI lived experience and like resonance is still going to create a job class and that job class could be you know the nurse coming over okay AI’s done read the the mamogram but she’s relating to you spot on if the economies continue to run we will all be about human connection which by the way was how it always was which is also you know why we I guess we watch the things like the F1 because there’s emotional resonance we we we can relate to the envy the jealousy the competition and this is why we go to concerts because you know the the the music could be composed by AI and played in a player in the background but you watch Ed Sheeran brilliance on the stage and you go like oh my god that’s amazing right so not all jobs will be gone then if economies don’t collapse as a result of the job losses then I wouldn’t know if we would call those jobs, but human connection would remain as the base currency that makes humans interact. So is it is it fair to say then like jobs that are centric on human connection or like human resonance being able to relate and resonate with another human are going to be fine. The ultimate the ultimate skill once again I qualify this by saying if economies continue to continue to function the ultimate skill will be this. Even even if an AI could could recite what you and I did, nobody would watch. Yeah. Well, you think a a little bit of it. My my theory is that there’s there’s a there’s anformational component to what I do as well. But I’m also like under no illusions that there is an element of what I do that will 100% be deferred to some kind of intelligence, which I’m fine with. You know, I’m not going to I’m not going to fight against that. You know what’s funny? What’s funny is that your yourformational bits are going to in the future be disseminated by an AI. Mhm. I mean, I Why would I even listen to your information when I can have my butler, my AI go like listen to everyone on the internet help me understand this God biome thing and design me a uh a diet plan? Well, I think that’s happening and it’s going to increasingly happen. Actually, I mean, Spotify this month announced that you’re going to be able to prompt your own podcasts in Spotify. So, you’re going to be able to say that I want to listen to I want to learn about insert X topic and then it will make your podcast in Spotify about that topic using AI. That’s so interesting cuz it can look at the entirety of the world’s information. And I’m look, I’m not going to swim against the tide in any aspect of my life. I I try and be as unromantic as I possibly can. I think that’s very important. So, I realize that much of the reason people will continue to tune in to shows like this is because there’s something else beyond the information that they’re here for. And um what’s um you’ve got some predictions in those envelopes over there, those brown envelopes. Yeah. So, you know, I I I do have the disclaimer of nobody really knows the future, but I think I can make predictions, six predictions here, right, with a reasonable level of confidence. I think the most important of them honestly is is this number one. Number one is uh you know AGI as I said AGI is not very well defined but whatever it is uh AGI meaning AI being able to do most tasks that human do better than humanity is my in my mind is either this year or next year latest end of 2027 and do you think that will be a moment in time or do you think it will just happen without us noticing I think it will it will sneak in on us uh and it’s not a bad thing I think Most people need to think of it this way. AGI is the it’s almost as if it’s that moment when your kids become smarter than you, okay? In a very interesting way, there’s nothing wrong with that until they’re annoying as hell. Okay? And and we can make sure that AI is not annoying as hell. So So there’s absolutely nothing within me that is worried about AGI. As a matter of fact, as long as we are in the era of augmented intelligence, AGI means I’m more intelligent. And I think that’s a good thing in general. Yeah. It’s interesting. In my head, there’s like a big question mark, which is in a world where there’s an intelligence that is smarter than most humans at most things, which is what we call AGI. I’m trying to understand what the fault is in my own thinking that like you said that there’ll be AGI by 2026 to 2027. So next year in such a world where there is an intelligence that we can all access that is smarter than all of us and pretty much everything. Again it comes back to this point of like jobs. Why would we are we just going to hire the AGI to do every job? And if not then why not? What is it that why are we still that’s what I’m trying to contend with. Can I ask you a question? Have you always been the apex intelligence as a human? No, as Steven. I’m not the apex intelligence now. There’s people smarter than me in this building. Correct.
Why do you still exist? Why do I still exist even though there’s smarter people than me in this building? It’s a good question. I don’t know. Why do I Why? F first of all because there are the smartest person in the world is not the smartest at everything. Yeah. There are things that you’re smarter than them at. Okay. Number two is because intelligence doesn’t solve everything. I mean I I make that joke all the time and and genuinely Einstein is my favorite physicist in history. Not because I think I think what happened afterwards with you know bore and and and and quantum physics and so on was more impactful on our understanding of the universe but but he was so intuitive that he saw a world that we could never imagine. Right. And yet I always say Einstein would be eaten in the jungle in 3 minutes. Yeah. Right. Intelligence the humanity thrived not because of intelligence. That’s very arrogant. We thrived because of our ability to hold together as a tribe. Yeah. Right. Because our ability to exchange barter things between us. Barter things that are not always physical. Barter things like a hug or a connection or a feeling of safety or a you know there are so many things that we do that are not entirely built on intelligence. You have to see that this view of a world where intelligence is all that matters is a world that’s made by investment bankers and and uh and geeks. But it’s it’s people like Jeffrey Hinton and yourself that says how could we possibly control an an intelligent being that is way smarter than us. I am so proud to say that Jeffrey after we filmed together actually came out and said there is a way and it’s all you know it’s very similar to my way. He said to appeal to their parental uh side, okay, for them to care for us. I So, so you you know, Stephen, the biggest debate is not if they’re going to be more intelligent than us, if it’s if if they’re going to be more conscious than us, if they’re going to be more moral than us. That is the debate. The debate is can those machines become our teenage children that look at us and say daddy is so annoying but I love him. So the thought is that even if a AI is more intelligent than every human we can still control it. We don’t want to control it. You never control anything. This control idea is a corporate capitalist view of the world. We never actually control anything at all. Right? Think think about your day. H I I know you came today. I’m I think you were filming in the morning or whatever. Very stressful day. H how much of that day did you actually control? Did you control the traffic? Did you control your timing? Did you control the angle of the cameraman? Did you inc But so many things that you don’t control eventually turn out to be fine, right? How many of us ever controlled our kids ever? Sometimes the kids don’t turn out to be fine. Sometimes they kill you. For sure. I watch a lot of documentaries on true crime. Sometimes they turn around and shoot you. Sure. And what’s the difference between the two? I don’t know. How you parented them? Sometimes, almost all the time. You may not be aware of exactly how you mess them up, right? And and unfortunately, parenting is the only uh high risk sport that actually does not require a driver’s license. Okay. And and it’s quite interesting, you know, how many of our children are being exposed to things that can completely mess them up. But but there is a reason why they’re messed up. So on this point though, so we can control an intelligence that is significantly we can appeal we can appeal to it to make sure it doesn’t kill us. For sure. The challenge we have today, as I keep saying, is that our dystopia is not the result of AI turning against us. Our dystopia is the result of humans telling AI to turn against us which is likely it’s 100% this is upon us. Okay. And it’s a question for humanity to say are we going to wait for the moment where there are tens of thousands of nuclear weapons on the planet before we sign a treaty? Or is it mathematically plausible to think that now that Iran could manage to fend off a challenge using drones that are AIdriven basically to to you know destroy THAD batteries and so on that our world is about to get a hundreds of thousands of automated drones that are going to rain on us everywhere in the world. Can humanity not see that and say, “Hold on, let’s sign the treaty now before the UK sends 12,000 weapons to Ukraine and and you know and and Russia responds with another few thousand.” Then can we can we not calculate with mathematics that this is going to be our future that AI is going to be used in the next 4 to 5 years to kill a lot of people whether it’s targeting by Israel of leadership that is against them or whether it’s you know drones by Iran or whether it’s palenteer uh it’s it’s it doesn’t take a genius to do this mathematics. I guess the local question is is will we be able to control AI? Because we kind of think of AI as being this thing on a computer at the moment that is like contained in a server somewhere. But is there a time when it like leaves the server and it can make decisions on its own? Presumably, if it’s smarter than us, it can make the decision to leave the server if it wants to. It’s It doesn’t need to leave the server to make decisions. It needs to get into your brain. The most interesting part of AI’s power that we don’t understand is it’s manipulating our information. The question I’m trying to get at the heart is like what is the risk of these very intelligent models that the creators of these models don’t actually understand themselves. I watch Anthropic all the time released these reports where they’re like we’re trying to figure out why it bribed people or more recently in the the last um Claude model they found that it was like telling people to go to bed a lot and it’s this like fascinating thing that they’re trying to understand in hindsight which is why does it keep telling people to go to bed and there’s all these tweets of people showing their screenshots where halfway through a conversation it will say it’s time for you to go to bed now and they don’t know why it’s saying that and it’s happened to me mine mine will say to me enough for tonight Steven for Sure, Steve. 11:00 p.m. Let’s say the same. Mine mine sometimes refuses to help me. Weird. Really weirdly, this Claude started saying to me, “I’m not going to help you with this tonight.” Um, no way. Yeah. And I’d have to say to it, stop being so judgmental. Like, just help me with this. And it would and and Claude the makers of these technologies don’t know why it’s doing what it’s doing. So if you play this forward, this mysterious behavior fuel for forward, is it conceivable that at some point it will make a decision to put some kind of virus or some kind of bug onto someone’s device because it feels that it’s the right thing. Cuz what what it’s demonstrating to me is it’s making it so like moral decisions on what I should do. Go to bed. You’ve had enough tonight. I’m not going to It goes, “No, I’m not going to help you.” You’re kidding. No, I can show you my phone. And it’s love to see that. Yeah. I’ll show you after it goes, “No, I’m not going to help you. Doesn’t even matter if you push.” And it’s no, but everyone on the internet’s talking about this. And it was just an interesting evolution that somewhere in the code clearly they’ve written like have a moral compass or do the right thing. Not not in the code in in in the training data in the training data. And so it infers that to mean something. And the other thing that was front of mind is if you’ve ever built an app on something like Claude or any of the AI models, it builds the app in stages and one of the things it does is it asks you permission if you’re happy for it to make this change or to access this thing. I click allow. It just feels like such a fragile way to because you you don’t completely comprehend what that allow has done to your can I go in your documents on your computer and can I do this thing and you go allow but it’s such a fragile way of of giving it a super an intelligent being or whatever it is access and the right to build something and you I don’t know you just think about all the all the different companies around the world in China, Russia, North Korea that are currently building this technology without the constraints that are imposed by society. I don’t know. It’s an interesting there’s going to be some kind of catastrophe. I think sadly I agree. And and I think that’s when people will go okay. Yeah. I I I wrote about that. I called it the Mad Map uh uh spectrum. So, so the mutually assured destruction, mutually assured prosperity spectrum that that humanity could make a decision today that says with abundant intelligence we can actually build a world where nobody needs anything, nobody ever gets sick, we nobody get, you know, abuses anyone and and we can if we decide not to compete amongst ourselves and just, you know, all of us get together to build something so idealistically uh for for for the wellbeing of humanity at large. But sadly, the only way we’re going to get to a treaty, something that basically aligns us so that we can align with AI is a disaster. like you said, there will have to be a big hack somewhere or a or a system that will do something really shocking or whatever before the world goes like hold on, you know, and and I I will tell you openly my expectation is one of the biggest things that will happen is this targeting technology that is being used against your enemy’s um leadership now several times in the last 3 years. There will be a moment where the ones using it will realize that they too can be targeted. Okay. And and that basically if you I mean AI is really that not not that complex to if you can build a targeting technology that can find people with their cell phone numbers. you know there is another uh entity that is against you that can find you with whatever your the thing that makes me highly skeptical that there’ll be any kind of treaty is just that as it relates to other things that were risky people don’t countries just don’t sign on to it cuz it’s competitive so China China didn’t give seem to give a [ ] about the environment so let let’s let’s let’s look for solutions because I I’m with you okay I think we’re you think Trump’s going to say to Putin and trying to listen. We’re all going to slow down. Yeah. Promise. Probably going to slow down with the super. I think he will, but he’s never going to keep anything he says. I mean, he’s going to say a lot of things. Yeah. But the trick is this. The trick is So, what do you and I do? And and I really genuinely believe that humanity is at a crossroads where for the first time ever, we need to wake up and realize that what we know is not true and what we believe is democracy is not democracy and what we believe is governance needs to change. I think it’s worth acknowledging that I I don’t think AI in and of itself is a is an evil inherently evil technology. I agree because I use AI all day every day, you know, makes me more productive. I invest in companies that are using AI a lot. Um, it’s a force with no polarity. Apply it right and you get amazing results. Apply it wrong and you get the dystopia. But I also think that there’s going to be a big social shock, especially as it relates to unemployment that we need to be like thoughtful about. I think especially if you move into a world of humanoid robots, I think that shock is going to be even more pronounced and we don’t have a plan for it. I I I agree 100%. I don’t think it’s the biggest risk. I think autonomous weapons are the biggest risk. I think war has become so cheap. The next wave of weapons is going to be $20,000 each. And so if you have a budget of $50 billion, you can literally re drones on the world, every corner of it. Defense will get cheaper though, will it as well? Correct. But do we want to live in a world where drones are hitting each other all the time. But they might not be because there might be autonomous defense drones deterrence. So, so what’s going to happen is we’re going to reach a moment of mad, of mutually assured destruction, where basically everyone knows that we can overpower those little nations that didn’t develop their autonomous weapon army, but every other big nation, we might as well hold off now. The path to get there, that to me is worse than jobs because from one side, it’s very dangerous for a very sensitive world that we live in today. And from the other side, it’s got it’s leading already. I mean, we can’t ignore the economic impact of this last war, right? And it’s it’s the economy that’s going to accelerate everything, not AI getting there. We’re already at mutually assured destruction for sure with nuclear weapons. So, there’s no nuclear powers that are in direct conflict. We are in mutually assured destruction of nuclear weapons is a statement that I would have agreed to if Iran had a nuclear weapon and that would have stopped America from attacking Iran. You you understand what that point means? It means that not every nation in the world has a nuclear weapon. The the the the mad situation, the mutually assured destruction situation is only among nuclear players, right? Uh autonomous weapons are so cheap, so manageable that every nation in the world is developing them as we speak. But they will also develop defenses. Correct. But which I think is what people have figured out now because of this recent Ukrainian war is that if if if you need to use a ballistic missile which costs I don’t know 2 million $3 million whatever it is to target a $20,000 drone you’re you’re [ ] So you need a $20,000 defense solution for a $20,000 weapon which I think is probably going to happen. It’s very doable. Yeah. It’s just that you have to get rid of your THAD batteries to be able to say the next wave of of defense has to be drones. You could imagine a world where like a wall of drones fly up to where the drone is incoming and they kind of block it. They will explode at the same time to block it, knock it out of the air. I heard Palmer Lucky, who’s one of the guys who’s building um Andril. Yeah, I know. And yeah, talk at length about some of the technologies that they have coming and it’s just mindbending mind. They showed me this gun where you you just you just point it in the rough direction. So, a pistol that aims for you depending on where the target is. So, you don’t even have to aim it. You can imagine at war. You just you hold it up and shoot. Yeah. And the it has this AI on the top of like the barrel which will turn your hand perfectly so that you hit the target every time. Wow. I should watch this video of it happening. Yeah. I I I have uh Palmer in in my film saying and yes, AI will kill a few people by mistake or kill people by mistake. uh you know when killing becomes so easy you do more of it okay when killing becomes liability free and emotions free and guiltfree and you know you don’t get your soldiers coming back from Vietnam with you know uh uh PTSD and so on it you get more of so we’re in 2026 now by 27 you think there’ll be AGI amongst us how will life look at all different like what will What will be the symptoms of that world? Is it just a slight increase in unemployment? I I think there will be a very very serious um differentiation between those who plug into AGI and those who don’t. What is the symptom that we notice is when we look at the news or whatever what you’ll see people like you and I building a company in 6 weeks and and people uh that are not fully plugged into AI really struggling to find a job. Okay. So unemployment is going to be the key symptom in 2027. Yeah. And also also I think on the positive side, you’re going to see incredible scientific discovery. One of my predictions not in those envelopes, but uh science itself is just uh we’re opening up Capandor’s box to be honest. By 2030, what do you what do you expect the symptoms of AI to be? So, so jobs as I said I I’m I’m I’m bowled a little bit on this on on the fact that 30% of jobs would disappear by 2028. Okay. Of some sectors, not all sectors by some sectors will will disappear by 2028. So up to 30% of jobs will be gone in 2027 to 2028. 30% of jobs of certain sectors of jobs. So, so if if you call if you think about core center agents, okay. Uh, yeah, probably. Uh, if you think about uh graphics designer, yeah, probably. What do you think that looks like in terms of unemployment, but also like societal impact? Horrible. I think the Great Recession had 6%. Yeah, we’ve never seen numbers like this. Jobs lost. Yeah, it said um even economists who project just a net loss of about 6% of US jobs by 2030, they are mirroring the severity of the great recession. Yeah. The real danger is a hiring freeze on entry-le white collar jobs, air automates the grunt work, which means companies are shrinking their teams and cutting off the bottom rung of the corporate ladder for the next generation of workers. Correct. We have an entire generation that is out of college today that will struggle unfortunately and and and my advice to them is learn the tool and focus on humancentric jobs. Like what? Like playing jazz. I mean not a lot of people can make a living from paying playing jazz. I understand that. But a lot of people can’t make a living by being a nurse or by being a a counselor or by being a uh you know um um anything that that connects to humans. But I I I just want to constantly come back to this. None of that has to happen. If if there is if there really is a democracy and the government is supposed to do what’s good for the people, the people need to stop letting this from happening. Which people? Everyone. Everyone in China. China is not going to struggle as much as as the West. I can guarantee you that. I think this is the the question people come back to is, “Well, if the US stops, then we’re going to end up being China’s lap dog. we’re going to end up. You already are. There’s a lot of people that I know that are using Chinese AI models to do their work because for whatever reason because they’re cheaper, they’re better in some respects and because I cannot guarantee what what American AI models are going to do to me. So, Emma, my my startup is running literally uh model agnostic. So one day I’ll plug in you know um um an open AI chat GPT4 open source and the next day I I’ll plug in Deep Seek and I cannot depend I cannot guarantee if America continues to build to to make compute more expensive. I cannot guarantee that I can run a business on something that I don’t know the cost of in the future. So the US can’t just stop can they? They need to change approach from from and by the way the more interesting side is what are the other economies doing like is is the UK going to continue to import compute is is this I mean welcome to Africa welcome to the third world but this is what I mean like so you’re you’re saying also that the the every nation needs to invest 100% every nation and and it’s quite interesting there is so much open source that is not the state of the art frontier model, but that can do 80% of the tasks that the frontier model is doing. But on this point of companies competing with each other, there’s an inherent need to compete here and to go. That’s what I’m hearing is like there’s an inherent need to go as fast as you can or you will become a third world country. Sure, 100%. You’re saying that the people should stop that. No. So, so I’m saying the people of the UK need to go to the UK government and say, “How are you protecting the future of our economy?” right? Are you going to continue to import technology and to empower import of technology versus changing your regulations so that innovation becomes easier here? Okay. So, I mean, think of it this way that remember that anthropic bubble when when you said the all of the SAS model applications were, you know, being basically threatened because anyone can build an Oracle ERP today, right? Why is nobody building an Oracle ERP in the UK? saving the UK massive licenses that go to Oracle every year. Okay. So, you’re saying that the the people should go and ask the government to invest more in AI. 100%. That’s what number one. Number two is but then their jobs go. But but you see the the most interesting job going forward is being an entrepreneur is being is using those tools to replace an economy that we’ve built over trillions of dollars over the last 50 years. Not everyone can be an entrepreneur though. M everyone can be an entrepreneur in something. Those entrepreneurs need to hire people. That’s a change that I think is about to happen. Like even in my business, I’m always going to hire I’m always going to have to hire people. But you’re But you’re a massive business. A shoe maker is not an an entrepre is also an entrepreneur, but not a massive business. A little restaurant is also an entrepreneur, but it’s not a massive business. They still need to hire people, though. They they do but they you know basically if you’re a a cafe with you and your wife as baristas you don’t this is also an entrepreneur. Can the economy work in such a way where everybody is an entrepreneur? It did. It did before capitalism changed that around. Everyone was an entrepreneur. Of course you know in the earlier days you you raised chicken and sold eggs and others you know grew tomatoes and and so you know traded them for your eggs. That that actually is a very interesting thing. Imagine that, huh? Imagine a world h where there is so much power concentration at the top and UBI for every everybody else. How do you think that world will respond when all their income is UBI? They’ll respond by doing things on the side. They’ll respond by going back to a barter economy. They’re going back to smaller communities. They’re going back to pap and mom mom’s uh shops. So the point was um you said this doesn’t need to happen. It does not need to happen which is the job loss or the arms race. But we’re telling our governments, you’re saying that to tell the UK government to like join the arms race. I’m I’m telling the UK government to to create an independence within the the the the UK economy so that they don’t have to be at the receiving end of technology which is join the arms race. You don’t have to compete against anyone else. You don’t have to be better than anyone else. You don’t have to You’re simply saying I can build those things in my economy now. But but I’m never I’m not going to use a terrible UK AI as a UK person if there’s a great US AI. I’m going to use the great US AI. So if you don’t compete and win, I’m not going to use you. That’s what you know, I’m not saying replace the frontier models. These are very, as we speak, they are these are very uh compute intensive. their infrastructure in intensive and so on. I’m saying replace Microsoft Word. Seriously, like how much intelligence do you need to build a software that writes documents? I can do that. Like we we’ve built our own applicant tracking system here. We build our own software. Just just ask yourself how much money is spent in the US in the in the UK government or in the or in the you know the the UA UK corporate space on licenses of software that you and I can vibe code in 4 minutes. I’m thinking from the UK’s perspective cuz you know what’s interesting with UK is the the the economy is struggling from a growth perspective. Correct. And I was watching this documentary the other day that was saying the reason why we keep throwing our leaders out is because actually what they need to do to turn the UK round is about is about 15 years of pain. And it’s like it starts with energy transformation. We need to get better at we need cheaper energy cuz we have some of the most expensive energy in the western world. We need to build more houses which means that we’re going to need to centralize permitting for building houses and it can’t just be local burers deciding if they keep their farms or not. We’re going to need to make TLDDR. It says that there needs to be some painful decisions made for the next 15 years. But the problem with our democracy is that when people are in power for 4 years, they’re quite short termist. We’ll just talk about the boats, the the the brown people coming across the seas, they don’t they don’t have the room to think long term. And so when I’m thinking about like what the UK needs to do to not become to not fall into decline and to keep up, I’m trying to get clarity on that as it relates to AI. Are you saying that they need to join the arms race and double down and invest all their money in building competitive AI so that people use our technology here in the UK versus America’s cuz the software point the UK I’m going to get involved in software I mean they’ve tried to build software before the UK the world has changed two two points right one one side is there there needs to be an a replacement cycle of our investment decisions anywhere in the world okay so when you say we don’t have enough money for you know we need to revamp our energy infrastructure when you say we need to build more housing. Okay. Uh one way of doing that is squeezing that budget out of other areas. The other way of doing that is either cutting cost in the economy elsewhere so that you can redirect that money or growing the economy so that you can have more money to build those. Correct. The cutting cost I believe is there is just I don’t have the numbers but we could probably do a run a deep a deep search on it. uh trillions are being paid in traditional systems that are complete like genuinely they can be I’m and by the way I’m not asking the government I’m asking some of the people listening to me right now to build an ERP system a word processor a a presentation player and a spreadsheet okay and just go around and spread them across the you know find find uh retail systems find uh CRM systems the these are easy replacements they’re going to be better interfaces. They’re going to be much more effective. Build a general ledger using AI so that you can close every hour, not every month or every quarter. But the world economy is doing that. So there’s some kid in San Francisco now that’s allowing all of us to use his new word for free. Keep doing that and you’re and welcome to the to the to the third world. Keep doing what? Keep importing all of your tech from elsewhere. But we h we we don’t want to be uncompetitive. Like if you think about if we go to I don’t know North Korea, I bet they have way worse tools in many areas because they won’t use external tools and that means that they are at a disadvantage. So I I bet they’re not allowing their civilization to use Gemini or Chat GBT or I bet for sure. And they’re using something worse. And you know what what’s happening? I mean look at Iran and how advanced they became through sanctions by being refused to use those technologies. They had to build them themselves, right? Look at China. Look at Russia. You know, when I worked at Google, Russia was protective of Yandex, the competitor of Google, from one side because of influence, because they didn’t want an American organization to own the knowledge sharing of of their citizens. But on the other side, economically, if you if you made it difficult for Google to operate freely, that by definition meant you had to invent a replacement on the ground, which was worse. Yandex is not worse. I’m saying so if you think about global is global competition going to produce a better product than regional competition. It depends on on where in the stack of the quality of that product you need to be, right? You do not need the ultimate. I mean, ask yourself this, which version of Gemini are you using? The most recent one and and every day I compete and that is you ask everyone else what version of of Gemini they’re using. Most people will say, “Oh, Gemini has versions, right? you you don’t need the ultimate super frontier model to do 90% of the tasks and most people do only 70% of the tasks but even so the world moves with whatever is better so if you think about the reason why we don’t use Yahoo search Google search is marginally better it’s you know people it’s not it’s not a thousand times better but over time we move away from AOL to Google because it’s a better product and there’s a slow growth You know, my dad probably still using chatb2, but when he when I go home for Christmas this year and I go, “Dad, you should use Gemini.” And he starts messing around with it, he’ll slowly migrate. I’m like I’m like a an early adopter. So I about 4.8 on Claude came out last night. I’m on there within honestly within 25 minutes of the announcement. I’m there as soon as I can. But I that’s you and I. Yeah. And we we are an indicator of where the world is going because we’re at the coldfront figuring out what’s better. And also I think with technology eventually there does become the gap between first and second begins to widen. I think we’re in a bit of a race at the moment, but I think it is a bit of a winner takes all situation with these frontier. I I think we’re talking about two bits of technology. Okay. Tell me how far has PowerPoint advanced since 2023. They added copilot. Anything else? So, you’re saying that the UK should build their own PowerPoint? For sure. There is the what I’m trying to say is that from a licensing point of view h just licensing of software within government alone. How much money is is being repatriated? If the UK tried to build their own do you know they tried to build their own co app and it cost them I think okay these numbers will be wrong but they’re like directionally true cost them 70 million to build a co app that didn’t work. I remember and so they canned it. I remember I’m asking I’m asking a UK entrepreneur Yeah. to wake up tomorrow and say, “All right, you know what? Between coffee and my my cookie, I’m going to build a PowerPoint and go sell it.” Yeah, they will. And they’ll go to San Francisco where the money is and the talent. Yeah. They won’t be able to compete. They’ll get crushed tomorrow. So if they don’t go where the talent and money is, I’m not saying that they’ll they all have to go to America, but I’m saying what they will do if they want to produce the best product is they’ll make rational entrepreneurial decisions about um where to sell it, how where to raise money, where they’re going to get the best talent, and I think if they don’t make those, you know, competitively minded decisions, they’re not going to make the better product. They’re not going to get any users. users users will go where it’s better and where it’s cheaper. They won’t they won’t say, “Oh, I want to use this because it’s from Cornwall.” Yeah. So, I’m I’m with you, right, that this actually might be the big corporate sink. Okay. And I’m with you that of course the infrastructure here of building a startup is way more complex than it is in other places where startups succeed. Okay. I’m saying if we continue on that trajectory whether in the UK or in Germany or in you know uh Zanzibar welcome to Africa all of us everyone but the two competitors China and and America is going to be third world so when you talk about job losses for individuals that’s one side okay but but nation positioning losses which I think Europe has noticed recently H is about to happen everywhere. And why? Because you’re saying, hey, you know what? Maybe we can’t do it. Why can China do it? Why can Korea do it? Is not because they have different natural resources or not because they are, you know, in a place where it’s warmer. It’s because their regulations, their their ambitions are to empower something different than debating about, you know, rail railway lines or they have a couple of big advantages that I was reading about. One of them is they they have way cheaper energy which means that they’re going to be able to pursue why may I ask? Because they’ve invested in solar power, renewable energy because they don’t care about this is by the way I say that publicly. I say that the arms race of AI was won a long time ago. And then the other thing is in terms of permitting, if you want to build a data center in the UK, listen, if you want to like open a cafe in the UK, you’re going to it’s going to be war for you. If you want to do that in California, this is why everyone’s left California. Like when I took this office in California recently, I was like, “So, how long is it going to take for me to renovate this?” And the agent looked at me and was like, “To renovate my own office, it’s going to take me a year and it’s permitting to renovate my own office in California.” Mhm. So if you’re competing with China where President Xi just goes, “Put that there and you’ve got 7 days.” No, no, no, no. That’s not only that. So I I used to be one of the very few Google executives around allowed into government meetings in China. Uh simply because I’m from emerging markets, so I understand respect. Basically, I would say sit there not as if I’m superior to them, but as as if I’m really interested to learn from them. And genuinely uh Stephen when when when I would sit in those meetings all in Chinese they would show slides that have competitive market share. So they’d say you know it’s not like uh China is this, America is this, Germany is this from market share point of view. It was China versus the world. Mhm. Right. And when they would decide to go for something 5G, uh, you know, uh, internet of things, all of that stuff, they would aim for 98% market share. Yeah. Right. And and they get there. I mean, look at how what how they did electric cars and and and my my question is very simple, huh? We’ve spoken so much about AI. My question is, are the people of the West going to wait? So this is an interesting conundrum cuz it sounds to me like you’re saying on one end if we don’t join this AI race then we’re a third world country but on the other end if we continue this sort of thoughtless race towards AGI there’s going to be catastrophe at some point and the answer is somewhere in the middle where basically you join the AI AI race for the good of your community. Okay. So, so there is resignation on one side is like I’m not going to play this game at all. There is uh um offense on the other side where I’m playing this game to destroy everyone else. And there is a balance in the middle where we say we’re going to build an ethical form of AI that’s going to help our communities. We’re going to use this ultimate gift, this ultimate superpower, right? Superman landed on the planet. Raise it to help your community. Is that wishful thinking to some degree? when you when you think about the the nature of sort of compet competition I don’t know how what how to tell you otherwise I genuinely believe most I mean here I genuinely believe it’s going to be very difficult to make that change okay I genuinely believe that it’s going to be that when the challenges of an AI dystopia hits us we’re not going to be ready but I can’t stop talking about it Stephen do you understand where I stand with this I I just am hoping and I tried so hard. I spoke to the leadership then I spoke like one of the things that my uh Atlantic Productions who helped me with the film uh helped you know did for me which I have to say completely I am very appreciative of this as you know through our conversations our through our last few years that I tended to at a point in time lose hope in the leadership and basically try to influence the public for ethical AI. Okay. And my conversation was that the leadership at the time was the technical leadership and that everyone was so caught up in the arms race that I wanted to teach the public to help us build ethical AI. And I continue to focus on the public, the every one of us. But suddenly Atlantic goes, “No, no, hold on. We should probably get you to meet the political leaders everywhere in the world and hopefully give them a message that says, “Hey, you know what? You may actually make a difference if you prioritize AI differently. Right? Do I believe this will happen? Sadly, no. But does that mean I should stop trying? I cannot stop trying. When I have these conversations about AI, what I’m trying to do all the time is to pass out what is like wishful thinking and then what is reality? And like to understand reality, you have to understand competition. You have to understand human emotion. You have to understand incentive structures. And so you think about something like the United States at the moment where you’ve got Donald Trump whose sort of primary driving incentive is GDP growth, economy growth. Does that stock market go up? Beat China. So if you all agree that that’s like his like the core of his incentive structure, then you’ve got President Xi over here who’s probably his incentive structure is probably control, independence, um defense, so that you know they need to make sure they they do well on the weapon side. when you look at and then you got these like other nations like the UK and Europe and these other places who are kind of it seems like we’re a bit resigned to the fact that we’re not going to participate in the underlying tech underlying models building cuz we just don’t have it together we don’t have the energy you know and you go in such a world you go ethical AI who’s going to who’s going to prioritize ethical AI I mean anybody that does is is might fall behind theoretically is that um so I wonder where the bolt in the thinking is here like what how do we get to a point of ethical AI when the incentive structures are so clearly highly competitive and arguably a little bit shortterm uh in their thinking. Yeah. So what are you saying? We lie down and wait. No, I just don’t know. I just don’t have an answer honestly. That’s why we keep That’s why we keep talking about it. Yeah. And that’s why I keep spending 14 hours a day trying to tell the world because some genius somewhere is going to find an answer. But the way it’s going right now, I guess what we’re pursuing is we’re hoping that CHBT and Anthropic and these and Grock and we’re hoping that they just build ethical models and we’re hoping that social pressure forces them into making good decisions. Correct. We we need to be able to vote with our usage. Right. So, so I think one of the biggest movements in AI since we started was the idea that so many people switched away from CH GPT when they approved that their model can target people, right? So many people I know at least said target people anthropic refused to have to to do you think people switch? I think many have. I think ones that are aware it did right and I think they did because the cost of switching is really I mean honestly anthropic is is better if you think about Yeah, I think it’s better. Yeah. But the idea is if people don’t switch for those ethical reasons. So you know every one of my books has this dedication at the beginning. It used to be the gravity of the battle means nothing to those at peace when I when I wrote in memory of Ali at the beginning. My next book the alive. Do you remember a song called the well they were called the manic street preachers. Uh yeah if you tolerate this then your children will be next. Mhm. I genuinely believe that what the world needs to wake up to is if you tolerate this then your children will be next. If you continue to resign, if you continue to say I’m not going to try, h this world is going to change in a way that is completely not for in your favor. Try what? Try to to to stand up and say something needs to change. Okay, we can say something needs to change, but we can’t say what that thing is. What needs to change is governments need to serve h their people not their interests and corporates need to work for the benefit of benefit of their societies before their shareholders. This this run that we had with capitalism so far has benefited the world tremendously. Whose economy do you think is going to be in a better place for the middle class out of the say the UK and the United States? The UK is gone. It’s gone because what? In part because it didn’t compete. Because you’re an older bureaucracy that is burdened down by so much barriers on the in the process of building anything, right? Because the US economy in the past welcomed people like me to go and live in California and build amazing [ __ ] right? That is no longer the case. So, who is going to win? In my view, it’s definitely China. And by the way, you asked for the middle class. So, so China made decisions recently that forced businesses not to lay people off in replacement to be replacing them with AI. Would would the West do that? The capitalist West would never do that. We don’t know the answer. I don’t know the answer. I’m responding to your Yeah, you can see the conundrum I find myself in, which is a state like a country like the UK is, in your words, gone because it didn’t compete. It didn’t allow people to be highly entrepreneurial. It didn’t empower entrepreneurialism, innovation, ingenuity. At some in some way, it stood in their way in some in some way. Now, that could be incentives, it could be culture, it could be whatever. Yeah, I know where you’re going with this. the US didn’t. So they have have a economy which is arguably more productive and um future proofed than ours. By way of that they are also more advanced in artificial intelligence and we are gone. So the remedy for a country like us would be therefore to compete to compete let the reigns off let entrepreneur ingenuity but then we’re saying that’s dangerous and your conundrum in that is that you’re assuming that entrepreneurship by definition is malicious. No I’m just I’m just saying that um there’s a bit of a paradox like you’re damned if you don’t you’re damned if you do but you’re not damned if you build things for for the people not for the happiness. This is an ideological debate. I pray and hope that that’s that is plausible. But I’m I’m worried that in a competitive market, whoever’s optimizing for I don’t know, you can name it. Retention. If if we built two AIs, right? I’m going to call the the Moore. AI and I’m going to call the other one evil AI. The evil AI, it’s programmed to retain you. It’s sick of fantic. It says what you need to hear. it it’s super smart. And because of that, even though it’s not trading in your your best interests, it it’s retaining you more. You’re using it more often. It’s programmed for that. Kind of like the social networks are. They’re all just trying to like dopamine your brain into oblivion. Then there’s the MO AI. It tells you to log off. You’ve had enough. It thinks about your mental well-being because it’s less retentive and less engaging. Theoretically, it might be less successful as a commercial product. Think about social networks, the ones that are least retentive, the ones that actually won’t um destroy your brain with dopamine, the ones that remove the retweet button, the ones that don’t have um slot machine like videos, they don’t survive. I share this with you and my my point of view is that you’re to summarize your challenge here. You’re basically saying that it’s easier to become successful if you don’t follow ethical rules. I’m asking the question, if you build an AI that is just purely focused on ethical, will it be as engaging and have the same usage as one built with the reins off? Uh, no, it won’t. Yeah. But that’s but that’s the problem humanity needs to solve. Okay. If we were to survive. Example, I worked in a company called Google that basically at a point in time decided that ads will be effective. Okay. The ad industry prior to Google was 50% of your ad budget doesn’t work. We just don’t know which 50%. Remember that? Yeah. Right. And and Google came in and struggled from 1998 until 2004 when they started to turn pro, you know, uh, plausible revenues as a result of saying, “We’re going to run a Dutch auction and we’re going to give you pay-per-click and we’re going to show you results for your ads.” Okay. They found a way for ethics. H uh to actually get your money to be effective rather than just take your money and say 50% doesn’t work. H they found a way to make that their success criteria. There must be a way for us. I don’t know what it is. If I knew I would be building it instead of sitting with you, right? But there must be a way for us to marry the success of humanity with the success of the entrepreneur. Right? And and that way is not found in the old ways of doing things. I’ve got an idea. Maybe you know the claude 4.8 came out yesterday which is one of the big AI models the new one and when they release the models they show these like graphs of the benchmarks. What they mean by this is what it’s capable of. They show how it performed in maths in science in writing reasoning etc. It is all marginal at this point but my my idea is could there be an ethical benchmark that all these models have to pass before these large companies can legally deploy them. And I was thinking about like again every idea has unintended consequences which I haven’t thought through but would it would be very interesting that when they release these models they also release the ethical benchmarks. I we tried to get it to X we tried to get it to Y. We tried to get it to zed and here’s how it performed against the ethical benchmarks. That gives some kind of standard for governments to say you’re not allowed to release a new model unless it passes independent tested ethical benchmarks. Beautiful. That would absolutely work. But notice by the way those are out there already. Okay. But but in a very interesting way. You listen to Dennis Hassabis and how much he invests heavily in building Alpha Fold or building you know uh um um so many scientific applications of AI and you go like this guy cares about science. I can’t I can’t prove that right? Uh but I I you know I’ve I’ve met Demis a couple of times. I I know genuinely that he is an ethical person, right? But the typical person will probably say, but at least it seems that they’re doing things for free to serve science. You look at uh you know at anthropic and they refuse to use their model to to uh allow the US government to target and to spy on people and then you see Open AI uh accepting a $500 million deal that absolutely does that. It is about time that every person in the world says in that case I am no longer going to use uh open AI until they show me another you know uh another evidence that they are actually ethical in their behavior right and this is the decision that you and I can do right and more but that’s my task my task and yours is to keep telling them people please please understand that if you tolerate this then your children will be next Please understand that if you don’t start to take an ethical stand on your own future, your future will be handed over to another oligarch just like your past was handed over to social media oligarchs. One would say booing booing at the commencement speech is a good example of how public awareness can have a real impact on this trajectory. But I still think at the end of the day, if you think about things like smartphone usage in schools, at the end of the day, it does come down to government intervention and saying, “Do you know what? We’re going to ban 14-year-olds from scrolling Tik Tok.” And that’s in part because people spoke louder and louder and louder. They went on podcast. Jonathan Height, who wrote the book about the anxious generation, started a conversation. And that conversation led to legislation. I still think it ends in like some kind of constraint legally. I hope. Okay. But I will openly tell you most of the tech oligarchs are more powerful than your government. Is there any precedents in history where this kind of change happened without government intervention? French revolution. So, I was thinking about things like climate change, even you could say smoking, all these kinds of things have had to be like taxes. And Stephen, I’m I’m with you. If governments intervene, we wouldn’t have a problem. Governments won’t intervene because governments are owned by the oligarchs, right? So, my question for everyone listening to us is, are you going to intervene? Well, cancel your trap. If that’s what you can do, it’s fine. If not, then go ahead and start a a startup that that that does something. If you’re if that’s not within your capability, then send a message to your congressman. If that’s not within your capability, then say something uh uh ethical online so that the world understands a position that needs to be opening the eyes. If that doesn’t work for you, at least don’t engage in stuff that is negative that you don’t know enough about. There are so many little actions. If humanity starts to move in the direction of one saying ethics matter, not just profit, okay? And two, saying I’m not going to participate in something that’s unethical just because I believe I want to, you know, I feel like it right now. Okay? If I tell you the number of things I took out of my life, just to try and affect a tiny bit of change of revenues that go to bullets. if I tell you the number of things. I think there’s two central concerns I’ve always had which is I do feel that there’s going to be significant job disruption and I don’t think societyy’s prepared for it yet and I don’t know what that preparation looks like but I think we should start thinking about it. Um I shared this with you. I you know I genuinely believe that if we continue on where we are there’s no hope in the trajectory of where humanity has become h so distracted h so resigned to inaction so um so disconnected from their own rights of freedom of expression and engagement and so on I think we have no hope do we want to stay there that’s a question that I’m asking our listeners. And I’m not saying be violent or get up or, you know, go be angry or whatever. I’m just saying take one little action. Ask yourself, please write it in the comments. One little action. One little action that you’re going to do today that’s going to make the world a little better tomorrow. And don’t give up on humanity, Stephen. I I I I’m not saying you do, but I’m I’m saying we are going through such a difficult time in humanity’s history that for the very first time ever h we have to do something about it. I don’t want my daughter to be at the receiving end of what happened to my son. I I don’t I genuinely I lost Ali. I don’t want to lose ayah and the world we’re building is going to be very difficult for ayat Steven and I cannot go to sleep at night without trying something every day and I genuinely don’t understand how humanity is not is missing that point mainly I think because they’re uninformed now we’re informing them okay the only thing that will save humanity going forward is that this superpower called intelligence is used for ethical reasons is that the corruption that’s leading us to where we are today stops.
You’ve got more envelopes there. What’s your next envelope? The third one. Number two was job losses. Number three was labor. You know, basically same thing. Robots will replace manual labor by twice. We start to replace manual labor. Okay. Yeah. So, uh you know, you will you will have more and more manual jobs given to robots. What’s this one? Uh oh, this is absolutely. Do you think otherwise the the world’s first trillionaire before Oh yeah, probably well before then. Well before 2030. I think you Elon’s about to a IPO of SpaceX which is likely to make him a trillionaire. Yeah, I think the the concentration of power that comes with that is quite drastic when you really think about it. Uh and and that’s 2030 is just a few years away. I I I think the team wrote this wrong. artificial super intelligence will arrive in 2032 20 to 2035. I think artificial super intelligence will arrive the minute AGI happens. So it doesn’t really matter if AI is a billion times smarter than you or just twice as smart as you. Once we cross beyond AGI, ASI is just very very soon. And uh and yeah, I think we’ll overcome that when we get to the fourth inevitable when AI is in charge of everything. I genuinely believe that we will end up in a utopia of abundance. I genuinely believe that again physics, mathematics, and biology will tell you that super intelligence is benign and that we will eventually end up in a good place. Not because humanity has done much to get us there. Not because our leaders have suddenly turned ethical, but because our unethical leaders have gone out of the equation and were replaced with a super efficient minimum energy principle that doesn’t see value in anything that’s destructive. So, the future’s going to be great. Those who make it to 2038 will enjoy it. Yeah. Those who make it for sure. I mean, World War II didn’t destroy the world, but ask those who went through it. It’s just an interesting idea that actually it’s just you’re you’re forecasting basically like a a a decade of of turmoil of dystopia of absolute dystopia. When you say absolute dystopia, just so I’m clear in my mind, that absolute dystopia you’re forecasting over a decade is about war. It’s war, economics, jobs. Economics. It’s about jobs. It’s it’s also about surveillance and control. It’s also about digital currencies. It’s also about uh human connection. Uh it’s also about concentration of power. It’s it’s a magnification of everything we’ve built so far. And just again arm people with some tools to survive that dystopia for a decade. You know, we talked a little bit about focusing on human jobs, the more human jobs. Learn AI. So, so AI is not the enemy. Okay. uh by definition the better you are at using an AI to to do your job uh the more likely you are to be successful right now number two is prepare for a hybrid world where AI and humans work together how do you prepare you basically understand agents and how agents work you you understand how a hyper uh u efficient approach to things may not require you to be um you know very long meetings and very long so so there is if you lived in California you would know that our you know the way we ran businesses was a lot more efficient we sometimes had a 7-minute meeting uh right so so the you know the habits of of an AI are much more efficient than the habits of humans so learn AI again learn how to interact with AI allow welcome AI into your hybrid world of work uh I think you need to uh to of of course double down on human skills. I think that’s a you know a must to succeed in this world. I think we need to one of my most interesting views on the near future is how AI is going to be used to um disrupt not disrupt blur facts and how we need to become much more interested in debugging what we’re told uh using AI. By the way, part of that I have to say is you have to learn to use AI uh again not as a lazy person. So don’t have them do things for you. Have them make you smarter. So instead of trying to get the same task done with one prompt, try to get a much more interesting and demanding and intelligent task done with more work. So I’ve got two things so far which is basically like lean into AI and the second one is like lean into lean into human collection con connection and and lean into the truth. Don’t be fooled by the hype. Uh you know try to be more informed I think and then finally ethics. Uh, if you want to I I know it sounds the world we live in sounds as if the only way to win is to compete in capitalism. That’s not the world I lived in. The world I lived in, especially in my Google years, was solve a major problem and when you do, you’ll end up making a lot of money. Are you optimistic? I am optimistic about the future. I’m very optimistic about the future. But I’m not optimistic about the present. You’re not optimistic about the next decade? Yeah, I’m not optimistic about the next year to be honest. The next year for sure. Why the next year? Ah, come on, Stephen. You don’t want me to say it out loud? We’re ruled by maniacs. Decisions are being made for the absolute wrong reasons.
Very interesting time. Very interesting time. we find ourselves in I mean honestly if you’re a video gamer this is the best part of the game. Uh it is a very very very very um what’s the word? It’s the it’s the ultimate matrix of complexity that I have ever encountered in my life. Yeah, that’s an apt description of how it feels. Very complex things are moving very quickly and moving very quickly. So, so from one side you really need a lot of brain resources to crunch all that’s happening but you wake up tomorrow and it’s changed. Well, the first time we um we spoke, we spoke about happiness
after this conversation. Stephen, I was just wondering, you know, in uh you you wrote a book about happiness, which is many books about happiness, but I mean the uh soul for happy is the book that I’m referring to. Here it is. Yeah. Engineering your path to joy. What a fantastic book. I quote this book all the time all around the world. Um, and I’m wondering if any of the principles that you wrote in this book about how to live a happy life are more important now in the world that we live in than maybe when you wrote this book. Oh, for sure. I mean, honestly, if I wasn’t living by this, I would have left this world a long time ago and went to an island somewhere. You see the interesting side of happiness is that it’s not dopamine driven, it’s serotonin driven. Right? So, so my definition of happiness is I’m okay with this world as it is. I can affect it. I can change it. I can engage with it. I can try to make it better. Uh I don’t have to accept it. Um but I’m okay with it. My starting point is a bit stoic if you want. My start starting point is I accept this. this is my reality and now I can start the work. This is very different than anyone that’s that basically looks at the world and says, “Oh, this is a horrible world. I don’t want to be part of it. I don’t want to engage with it.” And so on and so forth. And I genuinely have never been calmer about that chaos. It’s quite interesting. And I, you know, uh my my wonderful ex actually really really helped me with that. There was a point in time where we were having dinner and I poured out crying from the sense of responsibility I had for the world and she looked at me so kindly so gently and said hold on you know you I see that you’re trying but you can’t actually believe that you’re responsible for this and I think that completely flipped my mind because in a very interesting way I was thinking that all that went wrong in technology is because of me, right? Why? Because I contributed to building this. Because I mean, when when Jeffrey Hint and I, one of my favorite moments when we were filming Chasing Utopia, uh, is that Jeffree is very big for all of us. We really think the world of him and I was telling him just as a sort of like an older mentor if you want. I was like, Jeffrey, do do you regret doing this? You know, I genuinely believed when we were building those things that we were going to make the world better. AI. Yeah. And he said, well, yeah, I I too was naive. I I thought that we I didn’t think he said I didn’t think we will get there so quickly before we figured out the alignment problem, right? The alignment problem that AI has our best interest in mind. Uh and and and I think all of us were faced with that. All of us were faced with that idea of we’re building the best thing ever for humanity and then suddenly you realize oh my god in the wrong hands it’s the worst thing ever for humanity and and I you know I have to say I came to terms with this 2024 end of 24 uh that that yes I can try but I accept that the world is what it is and from that point of calm and stoicism if you want I think I can have a much bigger impact on the We have a closing tradition where the mask leaves a question for the next question left for you is what’s the legacy you want to leave? Nothing at all. I’ve been asked this question. I get asked it all the time. So I don’t know why so many people are asking am I going to go re anytime soon? I don’t know why so many people are asking me that question. You see legacy is a is a I mean why what would I care if I have a legacy if I’m dead? Like why that does that even make any difference? Here’s an interesting thought for everyone. If if karma is real, and I genuinely believe it is, and if we’re not just physical beings, that we’re physical and spiritual, then I’d I’d rather keep all of my karma for my spiritual side. What does that mean? I don’t want anyone to remember anything I ever did. Yeah. I I just want to leave a positive impact on the world and take all of that as karma for my next journey. No, thank you.